summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/old/63549-h/63549-h.htm
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'old/63549-h/63549-h.htm')
-rw-r--r--old/63549-h/63549-h.htm9973
1 files changed, 0 insertions, 9973 deletions
diff --git a/old/63549-h/63549-h.htm b/old/63549-h/63549-h.htm
deleted file mode 100644
index ab46947..0000000
--- a/old/63549-h/63549-h.htm
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,9973 +0,0 @@
-<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
- "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
-<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en">
- <head>
- <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=utf-8" />
- <meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css" />
- <title>
- The Project Gutenberg eBook of Under the Polar Star, by Dwight Weldon.
- </title>
- <style type="text/css">
-
-body {
- margin-left: 10%;
- margin-right: 10%;
-}
-
- h1,h2 {
- text-align: center; /* all headings centered */
- clear: both;
-}
-
-p {
- margin-top: .51em;
- text-align: justify;
- margin-bottom: .49em;
-}
-
-.p1 {margin-top: 1em;}
-.p2 {margin-top: 2em;}
-
-/*Modified horizontal rules to fix ePub display issue*/
-hr {
- width: 33%;
- margin-top: 2em;
- margin-bottom: 2em;
- margin-left: 33.5%;
- margin-right: 33.5%;
- clear: both;
-}
-
-hr.tb {width: 45%; margin-left: 27.5%; margin-right: 27.5%;}
-hr.chap {width: 65%; margin-left: 17.5%; margin-right: 17.5%;}
-/*End modified horizontal rule CSS*/
-
-.pagenum { /* uncomment the next line for invisible page numbers */
- /* visibility: hidden; */
- position: absolute;
- left: 92%;
- font-size: smaller;
- text-align: right;
-} /* page numbers */
-
-.boxit{
- max-width: 41em;
- padding: 0.5em;
- border: 0.1em solid black;
- margin: 0 auto; }
-
-.boxvol{
- max-width: 42em;
- padding: 0em;
- border-top: 0.05em solid black;
- border-bottom: 0.05em solid black;
- margin: 0 auto; }
-
-.boxitems{
- max-width: 32em;
- padding: 1em;
- border: 0em solid black;
- margin: 0 auto; }
-
-.boxcontents{
- max-width: 18em;
- padding: 1em;
- border: 0em solid black;
- margin: 0 auto; }
-
-.pcontents{
- text-align:left;
- text-indent:-2em;
- padding-left:2em;
- margin-top: 0.1em;
- margin-bottom: 0.1em;
-}
-
-/* Numbered list with hanging indent, for 1, 2, and 3 digit numbers */
-.numberitem1{
- text-align: left;
- vertical-align: top;
- margin-left:1em;
- text-indent: -0.8em;
- padding-left: 0.8em; }
-
-.numberitem2{
- text-align: left;
- vertical-align: top;
- margin-left:0.5em;
- text-indent: -1.3em;
- padding-left: 1.3em; }
-/*End of numbered indent CSS*/
-
-.center {text-align: center;}
-
-.smcap {font-variant: small-caps;}
-
-.caption {font-weight: bold;}
-
-/* Images */
-img {max-width: 100%; height:auto; }
-
-.figcenter {
- margin: auto;
- text-align: center;
- max-width: 90%;
-}
-
-.figleft {
- float: left;
- clear: left;
- margin-left: 0;
- margin-bottom: 1em;
- margin-top: 1em;
- margin-right: 1em;
- padding: 0;
- text-align: center;
- max-width: 50%;
-}
-
-/* Transcriber's notes */
-.transnote {background-color: #E6E6FA;
- color: black;
- font-size:smaller;
- padding:0.5em;
- margin-bottom:5em;
- font-family:sans-serif, serif; }
-
-/*CSS to set font sizes*/
-/*font sizes for non-header font changes*/
-.xxlargefont{font-size: xx-large}
-.xlargefont{font-size: x-large}
-.largefont{font-size: large}
-.mediumfont{font-size: medium}
-.smallfont{font-size: small}
-.boldfont{font-weight:bold}
-.cheaderfont{font-size:medium}
-
-/*for drop caps*/
-p.dropcap {
- text-indent: 0em;
-}
-
-p.dropcap:first-letter
-{
- float: left;
- font-size: 2.75em;
- padding-right: 0.05em;
- margin-top: 0.1em;
- margin-bottom: -0.1em;
- line-height: 0.65em;
-}
-
-/*CSS to force a page break in ePub*/
-div.chapter {page-break-before: always;}
-
-.nobreak{
- page-break-before: avoid;
- padding-top: 0;
-}
-
-/*CSS markup for handhelds -- put at end of CSS*/
-@media handheld
-{
- /*for drop caps -- gets rid of drop cap on eReaders*/
- p.dropcap:first-letter
- {
- font-size: 1em;
- padding-right: 0em;
- margin-top: 0em;
- margin-bottom: 0em;
- line-height: 1em;
- }
-}
-/*End CSS for handhelds*/
-
- </style>
- </head>
-<body>
-
-
-<pre>
-
-The Project Gutenberg EBook of Under the Polar Star, by Dwight Weldon
-
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States
-and most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
-restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
-under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this
-eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not
-located in the United States, you'll have to check the laws of the
-country where you are located before using this ebook.
-
-
-Title: Under the Polar Star
- or, The Young Explorers
-
-Author: Dwight Weldon
-
-Release Date: October 25, 2020 [EBook #63549]
-
-Language: English
-
-Character set encoding: UTF-8
-
-*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK UNDER THE POLAR STAR ***
-
-
-
-
-Produced by Demian Katz, Craig Kirkwood, and the Online
-Distributed Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net
-(Images courtesy of the Digital Library@Villanova University
-(http://digital.library.villanova.edu/))
-
-
-
-
-
-
-</pre>
-
-
-<div class="figcenter">
-<img id="coverpage" src="images/cover.jpg" alt="Cover." />
-</div>
-
-<div style="padding-top:2em">
-<div class="transnote">
-<h2 style="margin-top: 0em">Transcriber’s Notes:</h2>
-
-<p>The Table of Contents was created by the transcriber and placed
-in the public domain.</p>
-
-<p><a href="#TN_end">Additional Transcriber’s Notes</a> are at the
-end.</p>
-</div></div>
-
-<hr class="tb" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<div class="boxcontents">
-<p class="xlargefont center boldfont">CONTENTS</p>
-<p class="pcontents"><a href="#CHAPTER_I">Chapter I. The Golden Moose.</a></p>
-<p class="pcontents"><a href="#CHAPTER_II">Chapter II. Captain Stephen Morris.</a></p>
-<p class="pcontents"><a href="#CHAPTER_III">Chapter III. A Daring Feat.</a></p>
-<p class="pcontents"><a href="#CHAPTER_IV">Chapter IV. The Adventures of a Night.</a></p>
-<p class="pcontents"><a href="#CHAPTER_V">Chapter V. A Bad Predicament.</a></p>
-<p class="pcontents"><a href="#CHAPTER_VI">Chapter VI. The Fire.</a></p>
-<p class="pcontents"><a href="#CHAPTER_VII">Chapter VII. Strange Companions.</a></p>
-<p class="pcontents"><a href="#CHAPTER_VIII">Chapter VIII. On the March.</a></p>
-<p class="pcontents"><a href="#CHAPTER_IX">Chapter IX. Lost.</a></p>
-<p class="pcontents"><a href="#CHAPTER_X">Chapter X. In the Wilderness.</a></p>
-<p class="pcontents"><a href="#CHAPTER_XI">Chapter XI. Imprisoned by Wolves.</a></p>
-<p class="pcontents"><a href="#CHAPTER_XII">Chapter XII. Stowaways.</a></p>
-<p class="pcontents"><a href="#CHAPTER_XIII">Chapter XIII. On the Ocean.</a></p>
-<p class="pcontents"><a href="#CHAPTER_XIV">Chapter XIV. A Friend in Need.</a></p>
-<p class="pcontents"><a href="#CHAPTER_XV">Chapter XV. The Wreck.</a></p>
-<p class="pcontents"><a href="#CHAPTER_XVI">Chapter XVI. The Wreck.</a></p>
-<p class="pcontents"><a href="#CHAPTER_XVII">Chapter XVII. The Raft.</a></p>
-<p class="pcontents"><a href="#CHAPTER_XVIII">Chapter XVIII. On Board the Whaler.</a></p>
-<p class="pcontents"><a href="#CHAPTER_XIX">Chapter XIX. The Breaking Ice.</a></p>
-<p class="pcontents"><a href="#CHAPTER_XX">Chapter XX. Cast Away in the Cold.</a></p>
-<p class="pcontents"><a href="#CHAPTER_XXI">Chapter XXI. The Ice Hut.</a></p>
-<p class="pcontents"><a href="#CHAPTER_XXII">Chapter XXII. On the Mainland.</a></p>
-<p class="pcontents"><a href="#CHAPTER_XXIII">Chapter XXIII. The Albatross.</a></p>
-<p class="pcontents"><a href="#CHAPTER_XXIV">Chapter XXIV. The Wrecked Ship.</a></p>
-<p class="pcontents"><a href="#CHAPTER_XXV">Chapter XXV. A Thrilling Episode.</a></p>
-<p class="pcontents"><a href="#CHAPTER_XXVI">Chapter XXVI. The Young Explorers.</a></p>
-<p class="pcontents"><a href="#CHAPTER_XXVII">Chapter XXVII. The Snow Storm.</a></p>
-<p class="pcontents"><a href="#CHAPTER_XXVIII">Chapter XXVIII. The Attack.</a></p>
-<p class="pcontents"><a href="#CHAPTER_XXIX">Chapter XXIX. Found at Last.</a></p>
-<p class="pcontents"><a href="#CHAPTER_XXX">Chapter XXX. Captain Alan Bertram.</a></p>
-<p class="pcontents"><a href="#CHAPTER_XXXI">Chapter XXXI. A Terrible Experience.</a></p>
-<p class="pcontents"><a href="#CHAPTER_XXXII">Chapter XXXII. New Perils.</a></p>
-<p class="pcontents"><a href="#CHAPTER_XXXIII">Chapter XXXIII. On the Yacht.</a></p>
-<p class="pcontents"><a href="#CHAPTER_XXXIV">Chapter XXXIV. Imprisoned.</a></p>
-<p class="pcontents"><a href="#CHAPTER_XXXV">Chapter XXXV. The Rescued Castaways.</a></p>
-<p class="pcontents"><a href="#CHAPTER_XXXVI">Chapter XXXVI. At Portland.</a></p>
-<p class="pcontents"><a href="#CHAPTER_XXXVII">Chapter XXXVII. Will’s Escape.</a></p>
-<p class="pcontents"><a href="#CHAPTER_XXXVIII">Chapter XXXVIII. On the Yacht.</a></p>
-<p class="pcontents"><a href="#CHAPTER_XXXIX">Chapter XXXIX. The Prisoners.</a></p>
-<p class="pcontents"><a href="#CHAPTER_XL">Chapter XL. Alan’s Fortune.</a></p>
-<p class="pcontents"><a href="#CHAPTER_XLI">Chapter XLI. Conclusion.</a></p>
-</div></div>
-
-
-<hr class="tb" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<div class="figcenter">
-<img src="images/i01.jpg" alt="Title page." />
-</div></div>
-
-<hr class="tb" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<div class="boxit">
-<p class="nobreak center"><span class="smcap xxlargefont">Golden Library</span><br />
-<span class="xlargefont">Of choice reading for Boys and Girls.</span><br />
-<span class="largefont">Price 10 cts</span></p>
-</div>
-
-<p class="center smallfont">Copyrighted at Washington, D. C., by <span class="smcap">Albert Sibley &amp; Co.</span>
-Entered at the post-office at New York as second-class mail-matter.</p>
-
-<div class="boxvol">
-<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Vol. I.&mdash;No. 3.</span> <span style="padding-left:3em; padding-right:3em">NEW YORK.</span>
-<span class="smcap">Nov. 1, 1886.</span></p>
-</div>
-
-<h1 class="nobreak">Under the Polar Star;<br />
-<span class="smallfont" style="vertical-align:40%">&mdash;OR,&mdash;</span><br />
-<span class="xlargefont">THE YOUNG EXPLORERS.</span></h1>
-
-
-<p class="center p2">By DWIGHT WELDON.</p>
-
-<p class="center p2 smallfont">NEW YORK:<br />
-<span class="mediumfont">ALBERT SIBLEY &amp; CO.,</span><br />
-18 Rose Street.</p>
-
-<p class="center smallfont">1886.
-</p>
-</div>
-
-<hr class="tb" />
-
-<div id="Ref_02" class="figcenter">
-<img src="images/i02.jpg" alt="" />
-</div>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_I">CHAPTER I.<br />
-<span class="cheaderfont">THE GOLDEN MOOSE.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p>Chip! chip!</p>
-
-<p>All day long that same monotonous sound,
-chip, chip&mdash;chip, chip, had echoed through
-Solomon Bertram’s work room.</p>
-
-<p>He called himself a ship carpenter, and he
-was one, for no member of that craft ever
-did finer work than that he was now engaged
-on. Before him, upon the bench, fast assuming
-artistic proportions, was what had
-been a rough block of wood, what was now
-very nearly a carved animal’s head.</p>
-
-<p>The old man’s eyes filled with tears and
-his thin hand trembled more than once as he
-viewed the few tools at his command, and
-ever and anon glanced past the half open
-door which led into the living rooms of the
-humble cottage he called home.</p>
-
-<p>For at the present moment grim poverty
-and want hovered over that threshold, and
-his brave heart that had never faltered before,
-became sad and oppressed.</p>
-
-<p>From the window he could see the quaint
-Maine town and the shipping in the harbor.
-Here in Watertown he had lived, man and
-boy, for nearly half a century, had brought up
-a happy family, had accumulated almost a
-fortune.</p>
-
-<p>Within two years that family had been sadly
-bereaved, the fortune cut down to a pittance,
-and one trouble succeeding another
-rapidly, had made Solomon Bertram a prematurely
-old man.</p>
-
-<p>Chip, chip!</p>
-
-<p>The mallet and chisel moved less deftly
-now, for the hand that wielded them was
-fast growing weary, and the task was almost
-completed.</p>
-
-<p>There was a sudden interruption that made
-the work cease entirely. Followed by the
-smart, quick tramp of hurrying footsteps on
-the walk outside, a boisterous form dashed
-through the house and the work-room door,<span class="pagenum">[4]</span>
-and a bright, boyish face intruded itself upon
-the carpenter’s solitude.</p>
-
-<p>“Is the ship’s head done, father?” its possessor
-asked eagerly, with a glance at the
-work bench.</p>
-
-<p>“Almost, Will. Where have you been,
-and what does that mean?”</p>
-
-<p>The boy’s eyes danced with delight and his
-face flushed excitedly as he laid several
-small silver coins on the bench.</p>
-
-<p>“It means money, father,” he cried; “it
-means that I heard you tell mother this morning
-that there was not enough in the house to
-buy a pound of flour, and I made up my
-mind to earn some. Look, father, nearly
-four shillings!”</p>
-
-<p>The old man’s eyes were suffused with tears
-as the boy rattled on volubly, and something
-choked in his voice as he sought to murmur,
-“My brave boy!”</p>
-
-<p>“You know I’m old enough to begin work,
-father, and I know it too. There is not much
-chance for employment in the town, though,
-unless it’s among the shipping, and you won’t
-hear of my going to sea.”</p>
-
-<p>“No, no!”</p>
-
-<p>“Not even when the old tars say I’m a natural
-sailor and nimble as a monkey among
-the rigging?”</p>
-
-<p>“Not even then, Will. The sea cost me
-one brave son. I can’t spare the other.”</p>
-
-<p>“Well, I remembered that, and went among
-the shops. No work anywhere. Finally I
-came to the new building they are putting up
-on the public square, and there I met my
-luck, as the boys say.”</p>
-
-<p>“How, Will?” inquired the interested Mr.
-Bertram.</p>
-
-<p>“They were just putting on the spire to the
-tower, and, ready to arrange the tackle and
-climb the ropes, was the steeple Jack.”</p>
-
-<p>“What’s a steeple Jack?” inquired the mystified
-old man.</p>
-
-<p>“He’s a professional climber who makes a
-business of going up to high places like
-steeples and towers. They had sent to Portland
-for him. He wanted one of the workmen
-to help him by going to the top of the
-tower, but they said it was too risky, and they
-were more used to platforms than ropes.
-Well, to make a long story short, <a href="#Ref_03">I offered
-my services</a>.”</p>
-
-<div id="Ref_03" class="figcenter">
-<img src="images/i03.jpg" alt="" />
-</div>
-
-<p>“Oh, Will, always venturesome and running
-into danger!” spoke a reproachful voice.</p>
-
-<p>Will turned and surveyed his mother, who
-had come unobserved to the door, with a
-quizzical smile.</p>
-
-<p>“Now, don’t scold, mother,” he said. “I’m
-at home among the ropes, as the man soon
-found. I was on the tower before he was
-half way up, and when he had set the vane
-on the tower, two hours later, he told me he
-wished he had me for an apprentice. Anyway,
-I earned a little money, and there it is.
-To-morrow I’ll start in for more, and then
-you’ll receive pay for the ship’s head, father,
-and we’ll get along famously.”</p>
-
-<p>Old Solomon Bertram shook his head sadly.</p>
-
-<p>“I shall get no pay for that work, Will,”
-he said.</p>
-
-<p>“No pay, when you’ve put a week’s time
-on it! Why, what do you mean, father?”</p>
-
-<p>Mr. Bertram looked anxiously at his wife
-as if silently questioning her. She nodded
-intelligently and withdrew.</p>
-
-<p>“Sit down near me, Will,” said Mr. Bertram,
-seriously. “I promised to have the figure
-head done to-day, so I will have to work
-while I talk. You’re a good boy, Will; a
-dutiful son and a help and comfort to your
-old parents, and I don’t feel like clouding
-your life with our troubles.”</p>
-
-<p>“Don’t worry about that, father,” cried
-Will, eagerly. “If there are any clouds we’ll
-drive them away.”</p>
-
-<p>Mr. Bertram smiled at Will’s boyish enthusiasm
-and said:</p>
-
-<p>“Well, up to two years ago, when your
-brother Alan sailed away for the far north on
-a whaling voyage, we were happy and comfortable.
-I owned the house and lot here
-and another piece of property, besides having
-two thousand dollars in bank. This I
-put together and purchased a share in the
-Albatross. That was the ship poor Alan was
-captain of.”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, I remember,” assented Will murmuringly.</p>
-
-<p>“If the whaling voyage proved a success I
-should have made enough to buy Alan a ship
-of his own. Alas, my son, the staunch old
-Albatross and its brave captain never came
-back to Watertown again!”</p>
-
-<p>Mr. Bertram stopped his work to wipe
-away a tear that trickled down his furrowed
-cheek.</p>
-
-<p>“But one year afterwards,” he finally resumed,
-“the mate of the doomed ship returned&mdash;Stephen
-Morris. He told a thrilling
-tale of adventure. The Albatross, he said,
-had gone far north beyond the icebergs, but
-had met its fate among the glaciers, and all on
-board had been crushed in an ice floe but
-himself.”</p>
-
-<p>“Do you believe him, father?” asked Will,
-a look of dislike in his face at the mention
-of Morris’ name.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum">[5]</span></p>
-
-<p>“He surely would have no object in spreading
-a wholesale falsehood. No, no, his story
-seemed true. He said that he saw ship and
-men ground under a mighty wall of ice, and
-that he miraculously escaped by being on the
-ice floe away from the ship when the catastrophe
-occurred. For months he froze and
-starved amid a horrible solitude, and one day
-was discovered and rescued by a whaler. He
-landed at Boston, but came here at once and
-told the story of his adventures.”</p>
-
-<p>“And he has been here since, hasn’t he,
-father?”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, Will, and that is the strange part of
-it. Stephen Morris went away a poor man.
-He came back a comparatively rich one. He
-claimed that a relative had died leaving him
-heir to a large fortune. Be that as it may,
-from mate he rose to captain and ship owner.
-He has an interest in several coasters, and is
-sole proprietor of the ocean ship the Golden
-Moose. It’s for that ship I’m making this
-figure head,” and Mr. Bertram resumed work
-on the same, while Will sat for some moments
-deeply absorbed in thought.</p>
-
-<p>He had never liked the coarse, rough man
-his father had named, and despite himself he
-seemed to trace some dark mystery in his solitary
-rescue and the possession of sudden
-wealth.</p>
-
-<p>“Is that all, father?” he asked after a pause.</p>
-
-<p>“No, for in addition to Stephen Morris’
-other possessions, he seems to have also purchased
-a mortgage on this house and lot, representing
-some of the money I borrowed to
-buy the Albatross. He has been very hard
-with me about it, for I have had to scrape
-and save to pay the interest regularly, and
-this figure head just makes out the amount
-to pay him this six months’ interest.”</p>
-
-<p>“And I’ll be ready to pay the next,” cried
-Will, staunchly. “Father, I’m glad you told
-me just how we stand. I’m going to be a
-man and help you, and I’m going to find out
-just where Stephen Morris got all his money,
-for I have a suspicion that he is hiding the
-entire truth. You know how people dislike
-him. Suppose my brother Alan and the
-crew never perished at all?”</p>
-
-<p>“No, no, Will,” cried his father, suspensefully,
-“don’t awaken my hopes only to be
-plunged in despair again. No man would
-be so cruel as to deceive a parent like that.
-Stephen Morris is hard-hearted and rough in
-his ways, but he would not dare to return
-with a false story about the Albatross. You
-are to take this figure head to Captain Morris.
-It is to take the place of the moose head
-that was broken in the last storm.”</p>
-
-<p>“All right, father,” said Will, cheerily,
-but he kept thinking of the strange story he
-had heard.</p>
-
-<p>“Tell Captain Morris to have it gilded at
-Portland when he goes there. It can’t be
-done, you know, in Watertown. There, it’s
-done at last!”</p>
-
-<p>The old man drew back and surveyed his
-handiwork with some little pride as he gave
-it a last finishing touch with a chisel.</p>
-
-<p>Then he smoothed off the rough edges and
-lifted it into Will’s arms.</p>
-
-<p>It was quite a bulky object, but Will professed
-to be able without difficulty to convey
-it to its destination.</p>
-
-<p>He carried it carefully by the doorway so
-as not to injure the broad-spreading antlers
-and walked down the street in the direction
-of the harbor.</p>
-
-<p>His young mind was busy forming plans of
-how he should best secure work and rescue
-his parents from the poverty that threatened
-them.</p>
-
-<p>“I will put school days and play days
-aside,” he said, resolutely, “and begin life in
-earnest.”</p>
-
-<p>Mark him well, reader, this boy with honest
-face and manly bearing and noble determination
-to win his way in the world, for ere
-this story ends he is destined to meet with
-many strange and varied adventures.</p>
-
-
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_II">CHAPTER II.<br />
-<span class="cheaderfont">CAPTAIN STEPHEN MORRIS.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p>“Look out there!”</p>
-
-<p>Will Bertram dodged aside as he was walking
-along the wharf, near where the Golden
-Moose lay at anchorage and a broad rope-loop
-was thrown around a dock post from a yawl
-coming ashore.</p>
-
-<p>“Ah, it’s you, my lad,” cried the same
-hearty voice. “What’s that you’ve got?” and
-fat and jolly Jack Marcy, boatswain of the
-Golden Moose, clambered ashore and confronted
-the lad.</p>
-
-<p>“A new figure-head,” explained the latter.
-“The last one was lost in the storm.”</p>
-
-<p>“And a great storm it was, boy. Where
-are you going&mdash;down to the ship?”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes; I want to find Captain Morris.”</p>
-
-<p>“Well, you’ll find him in squally temper, I
-tell you that, but not at the ship.”</p>
-
-<p>“Where is he, then?”</p>
-
-<p>“At the shipping office down the wharf.
-Come along, lad, I’ll show the way and help
-you, if you don’t mind.”</p>
-
-<p>“It ain’t heavy, Jack,” replied Will, as he
-trudged along in the boatswain’s wake.
-“When does the Moose sail?”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum">[6]</span></p>
-
-<p>“To-night, up the coast.”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, how I wish I was going!”</p>
-
-<p>“Don’t I wish it too, lad. We’ve got one
-youngster on board, but he is no earthly good,
-except to get into mischief.”</p>
-
-<p>“Tom Dalton?”</p>
-
-<p>“Exactly; a shiftless, lazy piece of furniture.
-Here we are, my boy. I’ll go in
-first. Hear that; what did I tell you? The
-captain’s in one of his tantrums and no mistake.”</p>
-
-<p>They had reached the door of the dilapidated
-structure where the shipping office
-was situated, and as the boatswain pushed it
-open an exciting scene was revealed to the
-vision of the two intruders.</p>
-
-<p>Jack nimbly rounded a desk and got to
-the other side of the room unperceived by its
-occupants, while Will stood staring over the
-burden in his arms at <a href="#Ref_07">Captain Morris and his
-clerk and general business manager, Donald
-Parker</a>.</p>
-
-<p>The latter lay at full length on the floor
-amid a wreck of the office furniture.</p>
-
-<p>Glowering down at him, his face alive with
-brutal rage, was Captain Morris. He seemed
-beside himself with passion, and his beard
-fairly bristled as he clenched his fists.</p>
-
-<div id="Ref_07" class="figcenter">
-<img src="images/i07.jpg" alt="" />
-</div>
-
-<p>“Say that again,” he shouted, “will you?
-I’m an imposter, am I? You know that I
-lied about the Albatross, do you? You can
-tell the public that, where my money came
-from, eh?”</p>
-
-<p>“Don’t Captain, I didn’t mean anything,
-sure I didn’t,” pleaded the prostrate Parker,
-fearful of a second onslaught.</p>
-
-<p>“You ungrateful scoundrel!” roared Morris,
-“I’ve a good mind to send you to jail,
-where you belong.”</p>
-
-<p>“No, no!” cried the affrighted Parker.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes I have. You might talk too freely.
-See here, Donald Parker, I saved you from
-prison and gave you a snug berth here, and
-how do you reward me&mdash;threatening to betray
-my secrets? I trust you no longer. You
-get ready to take a voyage with me, and a
-long one, too. You’re safer afloat, under my
-eye.”</p>
-
-<p>“I don’t like the ocean,” whined Parker.</p>
-
-<p>“You’ll like it or go to jail. As to what
-you pretend to know about the Albatross and
-my fortune, you lisp one single word outside
-and I’ll make you sorry for it. What do you
-want?”</p>
-
-<p>Captain Morris directed this question to
-Will Bertram as he caught sight of him, but
-Will’s face was so obscured by the figurehead
-he did not at once recognize him.</p>
-
-<p>“I’ve brought the moose head, sir.”</p>
-
-<p>Captain Morris muttered an alarmed interjection
-under his breath and sprang to Will’s
-side.</p>
-
-<p>“See here, you young Paul Pry, how long
-have you been sneaking around here listening
-to other people’s business?”</p>
-
-<p>He seized Will’s shoulder in a cruel grasp
-as he spoke.</p>
-
-<p>“I don’t sneak around anywhere,” retorted
-Will in a nettled tone, smarting under the
-man’s grip, and wrenching himself free.</p>
-
-<p>Captain Morris scowled fearfully at the
-boy.</p>
-
-<p>“Well, what do you want?” he demanded.
-“Oh, the figurehead! Take it to the ship, do
-you hear? What business have you to rush
-in here with it?”</p>
-
-<p>“It’s my business to deliver it to you personally.”</p>
-
-<p>“No sauce, you young Jackanapes. You’d
-better go slow or I’ll not only give your father
-no work, but I’ll put the clamps on him and
-close him out. Get out!”</p>
-
-<p>He pushed Will rudely from the threshold
-and slammed the door in his face.</p>
-
-<p>“He’s a perfect bear,” murmured Will, indignantly,
-as he started toward the ship. “I
-believed him to be a villain before and I
-know it now. He spoke of the Albatross as
-if there was some secret about it he hadn’t
-told. Oh, if I only knew! I will know, if
-watching and working can bring it out.”</p>
-
-<p>The Golden Moose was a fine, seaworthy
-craft, and despite his unpleasant experience
-with its owner, Will felt a thrill of pleasure
-and interest as he crossed its broad deck.</p>
-
-<p>He delivered the figure-head to the mate
-and was absorbed for some time in watching
-the sailors manipulate the rigging and
-sails.</p>
-
-<p>There had always been a fascination about
-shipping for Will Bertram, and he glanced at
-a boy about his own age who was greasing
-some ropes with positive envy.</p>
-
-<p>“I’d like to take Tom Dalton’s place for a
-trip or two,” he thought, but he changed his
-mind a moment later, as Captain Morris came
-walking briskly from the shipping office toward
-the ship.</p>
-
-<p>At the sight of him the ship’s boy, Tom
-Dalton, whose head had been bent over his
-work, uttered a howl of terror, and, springing
-to the rigging, ensconced himself twenty feet
-from the decks, where he sat pale and sniveling.</p>
-
-<p>A gloom seemed to come over every man
-on deck as Captain Morris stepped aboard.
-He had a reputation for excessive rudeness
-and brutality, and his gleaming eyes and
-flushed face told that he was half intoxicated
-and ugly.</p>
-
-<p>“Aha, you’ve run away, have you?” he<span class="pagenum">[7]</span>
-yelled at the terrified Tom, shaking his fist
-at him; “well, so much the worse for you.
-I told you if you went ashore without my
-permission I’d treat you to the cat of nine
-tails, and I mean to keep my word. Come
-down, there!”</p>
-
-<p>But the cabin boy only broke into wilder
-sobs and tears.</p>
-
-<p>“Get the whip!” ordered Morris of the mate.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum">[8]</span></p>
-
-<p>The latter went into the forecastle and returned
-with the dreaded instrument of torture
-with which the cruel captain occasionally
-terrorized the delinquent members of
-the ship’s crew.</p>
-
-<p>Will Bertram shuddered as he took it from
-the mate’s hand and slashed it around a mast
-with a whistling, cutting sound, a look of
-fiendish satisfaction on his brutal face.</p>
-
-<p>“Now, Tom Dalton,” he yelled up into the
-rigging, “it’s ten lashes if you take your
-punishment like a man.”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, captain, let me off, please let me off
-this time,” cried Tom, frantically.</p>
-
-<p>“Come down, I tell you.”</p>
-
-<p>“It will kill me&mdash;I can’t stand it.”</p>
-
-<p>Captain Morris coolly consulted his watch.</p>
-
-<p>“For every minute you stay up there I’ll
-give you an extra cut.”</p>
-
-<p>Amid violent moanings and with streaming
-eyes, the wretched cabin boy began to slowly
-descend to the deck.</p>
-
-<p>He shrank back as the captain made a
-vicious grasp for him, and growled out:</p>
-
-<p>“Take off your jacket and shirt.”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, captain; dear captain,” shrieked the
-unhappy Tom, “for mercy’s sake not that;
-oh, please, please, and I’ll never, never disobey
-the rules again!”</p>
-
-<p>He groveled at the captain’s feet, he
-writhed in an agony of fright and dread
-torture.</p>
-
-<p>A low murmur of disapprobation swept
-from the lips of the watching crew, but not
-one of them dared to openly manifest his
-disapproval of the captain’s course.</p>
-
-<p>Will Bertram alone, boiling over with indignation,
-murmured audibly, with flushed
-face and flashing eyes:</p>
-
-<p>“Shame!”</p>
-
-<p>Captain Morris spurned the suppliant boy
-with his feet, glowered defiantly at the sullen
-faced crew, and then turned fiercely on Will.</p>
-
-<p>“I’ll show you how I punish insolent and
-disobedient boys, my pert young friend,” he
-sneered, malignantly. “Off with your jacket,
-I tell you!” he thundered at the half-crazed
-Tom.</p>
-
-<p>“Don’t let him whip me. Save me, save
-me!” shrieked the tormented boy, appealing
-to the silent sailors.</p>
-
-<p>And then espying Will, he sprang to his
-side and caught his hand frantically.</p>
-
-<p>There was not a fibre in Will Bertram’s
-frame that did not tremble with indignation.
-He was overwhelmed with sympathy for the
-friendless Tom, and burning with resentment
-against the brutal Morris.</p>
-
-<p>One sentence, quickly and impulsively, he
-whispered into Tom’s ear:</p>
-
-<p>“Run for it!”</p>
-
-<p>A suggestion from an outsider, a hope
-clutched at eagerly, the words seemed to
-arouse him to action.</p>
-
-<p>With one bound he was over the rail and
-on the wharf. Before Captain Morris could
-comprehend what had occurred, Tom Dalton
-was flying down the wharf like one mad.</p>
-
-<p>“You young jackanapes,” he yelled, advancing
-with uplifted whip toward Will, “I’ll
-teach you to raise a mutiny on my ship.”</p>
-
-<p>“Captain Morris, don’t you dare to strike
-me.”</p>
-
-<p>Erect, defiant, flinching not one whit, the
-spirited boy faced the enraged captain.</p>
-
-<p>“You’ll help my crew to desert, will you?
-Take that.”</p>
-
-<p>The whip cut the air, but not so quickly
-but that Will Bertram evaded its circling
-stroke.</p>
-
-<p>He leaped aside, and seized the first article
-for defense that came to hand.</p>
-
-<p>It proved to be a bucket half full of soft
-soap with which a sailor had been washing
-the decks, but he did not notice that amid his
-excited determination to resent Captain
-Morris’ exercise of authority.</p>
-
-<p>Lifting it threateningly aloft on a level
-with the captain’s form, he cried out:</p>
-
-<p>“Don’t you strike me, Captain Morris; I
-am not your slave, if that poor boy is.”</p>
-
-<p>“Drop that!”</p>
-
-<p>At the captain’s foaming, rage-filled tones
-Will Bertram did drop it.</p>
-
-<p>The bucket fell between them. Its contents
-splattering far and wide, and trickling over
-the deck, made the captain retreat summarily.</p>
-
-<p>In so doing the soft, slimy substance gave
-him a slippery foothold. He slid forward
-with a muttered imprecation and fell.</p>
-
-<p>Will Bertram experienced a vague alarm
-as the captain picked himself up.</p>
-
-<p>From head to foot the soft soap clung to
-his clothing, while from his nose and mouth
-the blood spurted freely.</p>
-
-<p>“I’ve done it,” muttered Will, apprehensively.
-“I’d better keep out of his way now.”</p>
-
-<p>It was well that he clambered ashore at
-that moment, for the captain, frenzied with
-rage, was rushing towards the spot where he
-had stood.</p>
-
-<p>“I’ll make you pay for this!” Will heard
-him yell as he hurried down the wharf in the
-direction Tom Dalton had gone, “I’ll make
-you and all your family suffer for this!”</p>
-
-<p>Time proved to Will Bertram how cruelly
-Captain Morris kept his word.</p>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<p><span class="pagenum">[9]</span></p>
-
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_III">CHAPTER III.<br />
-<span class="cheaderfont">A DARING FEAT.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p>Will Bertram satisfied himself on two
-points before he relaxed the rapid pace with
-which he had left the deck of the Golden
-Moose.</p>
-
-<p>The first was to learn that Captain Morris
-was not following him, and the next that
-Tom Dalton had got out of sight.</p>
-
-<p>“I don’t know whether I have done right or
-wrong in incurring Captain Morris’ enmity,”
-he soliloquized, “but I couldn’t stand it to see
-him abuse poor Tom, and I wouldn’t let him
-whip me. I wonder what father will say
-when I tell him what has occurred.”</p>
-
-<p>This thought worried Will considerably,
-and, revolving the episodes of the day over
-and over in his mind, he found himself wandering
-considerably from a straight course
-homewards.</p>
-
-<p>An exciting divertisement for the time
-being took his thoughts into new channels.
-As he reached the public square he observed
-quite a throng of people gathered around a
-large structure just in course of completion,
-and went towards them to learn the cause of
-the curiosity and excitement their actions
-manifested.</p>
-
-<p>A moment’s lingering on the outskirts of
-the throng gave Will an intelligent hint as to
-their interest in the spot.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s up yonder,” a man said, pointing up at
-the high spire which crowned the summit of
-the tower of the structure.</p>
-
-<p>It was just getting towards dusk, but as
-Will looked upwards he could make out a
-white fluttering object. It seemed to be impaled
-upon the pointed vane of the spire, and
-Will, straining his vision, made out that it resembled
-a large ocean bird.</p>
-
-<p>“What is it?” he asked.</p>
-
-<p>“A white osprey.”</p>
-
-<p>“How did it get there?”</p>
-
-<p>“Flew against the point, I guess,” replied
-the man.</p>
-
-<p>The dying daylight gleaming down the
-valley showed the bird making frantic efforts
-to release itself.</p>
-
-<p>Its strange, weird cries could be faintly
-heard from where Will stood.</p>
-
-<p>The crowd kept increasing every moment,
-and among them Will noticed a strange, well-dressed,
-gentlemanly looking person who
-seemed very much interested in the aerial
-scene above.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s a fine specimen of a bird,” he remarked.
-“Is there not some way of releasing
-it from its plight?”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, climb up and catch it,” responded a
-pert young man.</p>
-
-<p>The stranger was not discomfitted at the
-jeering proposition.</p>
-
-<p>He calmly took out his pocket book and
-drew from it a ten dollar bill.</p>
-
-<p>“Why not?” he asked complacently. “Suppose
-you try, since you suggest it. I will
-willingly give that money for the bird.”</p>
-
-<p>The crowd laughed. It became the young
-man’s turn to look embarrassed.</p>
-
-<p>“You ain’t in earnest,” he said.</p>
-
-<p>“But I am.”</p>
-
-<p>“Well, I guess no one in this crowd cares
-to risk his neck, even for ten dollars.”</p>
-
-<p>“Steeple Jack would,” broke in a boy.</p>
-
-<p>“Where is he?” asked the stranger.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, he’s left town after fixing the spire.”</p>
-
-<p>Will Bertram, an interested listener to all
-that had been said, stepped forward impulsively.</p>
-
-<p>His heart beat more quickly as he thought
-of how much good the money might do his
-family, yet he trembled at his own boldness,
-as he asked:</p>
-
-<p>“Is the offer open to anybody, sir?”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes.”</p>
-
-<p>“I’ll earn it. I’ll get the bird for you.”</p>
-
-<p>“Here, come back! I don’t want a reckless
-boy to risk his life,” began the stranger,
-alarmed at the result of his careless offer.</p>
-
-<p>But Will was gone, and a moment later after
-disappearing in the basement, appeared on
-the ledge of the third story of the building,
-waving his hand to the people below.</p>
-
-<p>A new element of excitement was awakened
-by his rashness. When he appeared in
-view again at the base of the tower an apprehensive
-hush fell over the throng.</p>
-
-<p>He glanced down once at the upturned
-faces and then looked upwards. But that he
-did not care to expose himself to ridicule and
-the charge of cowardice he would have returned
-below.</p>
-
-<p>He remembered how he had seen the
-Steeple Jack nimbly climb the tower and by
-means of a rope work himself slowly round
-and round the tiled ornamental steeple.</p>
-
-<p>Here and there in it were small holes bored,
-the only means of sustaining the weight of
-his body.</p>
-
-<p>At that dizzy height a misstep or a slip of
-the hand meant certain death.</p>
-
-<p>Will Bertram summoned all his courage,
-gained the base of the steeple, and tying the
-rope he had secured on a floor below around
-the steeple, rested his back against it and began
-pulling himself sideways and upwards
-along the smooth, even surface of the steeple.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum">[10]</span></p>
-
-<p>The throng below had lost a casual, idle
-curiosity in the feat of daring now. Interest
-had succeeded, and then, as they saw that
-speck of diminishing humanity slowly, laboriously
-round the point of blackness against
-the darkening sky, a shuddering apprehension
-filled the strongest heart.</p>
-
-<p>The clinging form would appear and disappear.
-It reached the narrowing summit of
-the steeple, and a hand clasped firmly the
-lower gilded bar of the spire.</p>
-
-<p>There was a moment of awful suspense,
-and eyes strained and wearied by piercing
-the enveloping gloom of dusk, grew dimmer.</p>
-
-<p>For a moment the figure rested at the base
-of the spire, then it was drawn a foot or two
-higher.</p>
-
-<p>Darkness in earnest had come down over
-the earth, but one last glint of the dying sunlight
-far in the fading west illumined the
-gilded spire.</p>
-
-<p>It showed the huddled form of the boy,
-his hand extended towards the vane. That hand
-clasped the bird, released it, and then swinging
-clear of the spire, dropped it flutteringly
-downward.</p>
-
-<p>A faint cheer tinged with dread went up
-from the suspenseful throng. The daylight
-faded utterly&mdash;night came down over all the
-impressive scene, and only very dimly
-visible was the form of Will Bertram, returning
-to earth by the way he had left it.</p>
-
-<p>At last tower, steeple and boy were a black
-blur against the darkened sky. A timid
-watcher shrieked outright as some object
-from above went whirling past him.</p>
-
-<p>“What is it?” inquired a dozen eager voices.</p>
-
-<p>“The rope! he has reached the base of the
-tower! he is safe!”</p>
-
-<p>The stranger who had offered the money
-had grown very pale. His hat, dropped off
-in the excitement and suspense for the boy,
-was disregarded.</p>
-
-<p>He turned to the side of the building and
-an exclamation of delight parted his lips as
-past a ledge of masonry a form came down a
-rope.</p>
-
-<p>The rope was not long enough to reach the
-ground.</p>
-
-<p>“Drop!” he cried, stretching out his arms.</p>
-
-<p>One minute later, the centre of a surging,
-excited throng, Will Bertram had regained
-terra firma in safety.</p>
-
-
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_IV">CHAPTER IV.<br />
-<span class="cheaderfont">THE ADVENTURES OF A NIGHT.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p>Will uttered a great sigh of relief as the
-stranger led him towards the anxious throng.</p>
-
-<p>“Here’s your money, my little man,” he
-said, extending a bill towards Will. “I
-wouldn’t go through the suspense I’ve suffered
-again, though, for ten ospreys.”</p>
-
-<p>Will took the money deprecatingly, and
-his murmured words to the effect that “it
-was too much,” were lost amid the busy hum
-of talk around him.</p>
-
-<p>“Where’s the bird?” demanded the stranger,
-abruptly.</p>
-
-<p>“They’re chasing it yonder, still alive.”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, but it can’t fly. Here they come
-with it.”</p>
-
-<p>Will Bertram took this opportunity, while
-attention was diverted from himself, to slip
-away from the throng.</p>
-
-<p>Clasping the ten dollar bill tightly in his
-hands, which were not a little bruised by
-climbing, he thought only of the benefit its
-possession would afford his parents.</p>
-
-<p>He burst into the house just as his father
-and mother were sitting down to their humble
-evening meal, and wondering what had
-detained him so long beyond his usual time.</p>
-
-<p>Impulsive, excited boy that he was, Will
-could not keep the climax of his adventure
-of the afternoon and evening as a denouement
-to a continuous narrative, but, flushed
-with delight at imparting surprise and pleasure
-to others, he laid the crisp, new bill at
-his mother’s plate.</p>
-
-<p>“Will! Will!” she cried, in utter amazement,
-“where did you get this?”</p>
-
-<p>“Earned it.”</p>
-
-<p>The incredulous, almost anxious, expression
-in his mother’s face made Will hasten
-his explanation.</p>
-
-<p>The repast was deferred, as with bated
-breath and wondering faces his parents listened
-to his recital.</p>
-
-<p>He saw his father’s face grow grave as he
-told of his encounter with Captain Morris,
-and that of his mother blanch with anxiety
-when he described his ascent of the steeple.</p>
-
-<p>No chiding words fell from his father’s lips
-when he had concluded his narrative. Instead,
-he said, calmly:</p>
-
-<p>“It is not a question of incurring Captain
-Morris’ enmity, Will, it is a simple question
-of right and wrong. His conduct to poor
-Tom Dalton was cruel in the extreme, and I
-am afraid I should have done just as you did
-in telling him to run away. As to defying
-Morris and trying to resist his anger as you
-did, hereafter I would simply keep out
-the way of such men.”</p>
-
-<p>“He cannot injure you, father, as he threatened?”
-inquired Will, anxiously.</p>
-
-<p>“No, Will, at least not until the next interest
-note is due, six months hence, and by<span class="pagenum">[11]</span>
-that time it looks as if my brave boy intends
-to have enough money to settle the claim for
-good.”</p>
-
-<p>“I will, father, see if I don’t,” cried Will,
-enthusiastically. “I’m bound to work, and I
-don’t intend to get into trouble and peril to
-do it as I did to-day, either. Don’t think me
-lacking in respect to my elders, father, because
-I defied Captain Morris, but he is a bad-hearted,
-malignant man, and I could not control
-my indignation at his conduct.”</p>
-
-<p>“And where is Tom Dalton?” inquired
-Mrs. Bertram.</p>
-
-<p>“I don’t know,” responded Will. “Poor
-fellow, I must hunt him up as soon as the
-Moose sails, for he’ll keep in hiding until
-then. Captain Morris says I’m helping a
-mutiny and breaking his discipline, but I
-think it’s a mighty bad discipline he’s got,
-father.”</p>
-
-<p>“Well, come, Will, your supper is ready,
-and there’s plenty of time to discuss the affair
-later,” urged Mrs. Bertram, as she bestowed
-a tender look on her son and carefully
-folded away the bill.</p>
-
-<p>They sat down at the table, but Will’s
-tongue would run over the exciting events of
-the day. They had scarcely completed the
-meal when a quick knock sounded at the
-door.</p>
-
-<p>Mrs. Bertram looked inquiringly at the
-well-dressed stranger who stood revealed on
-the threshold as she answered the knock.</p>
-
-<p>“Does Mr. Bertram live here?” he inquired,
-and then, as she nodded assent, he
-continued: “I am looking for Will Bertram.”</p>
-
-<p>Will recognized the voice and hastened to
-the door.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh! it’s the gentleman who wanted the
-osprey,” he explained.</p>
-
-<p>“Come in, sir,” spoke Mrs. Bertram, while
-the husband tendered him a chair.</p>
-
-<p>The stranger nodded pleasantly to Will.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, he’s the person I’m looking for.
-The people directed me here. I suppose he
-has told you of my recklessness in hiring
-him to risk his neck for the sake of a bird?”</p>
-
-<p>Mrs. Bertram paled concernedly.</p>
-
-<p>“He is very venturesome,” she said, solicitously.</p>
-
-<p>“He is a natural acrobat,” broke in the
-stranger, enthusiastically. “Mind me, madam,
-not that I want to encourage him to these
-feats of danger, but the agility, courage and
-manliness he exhibits should not be suppressed.”</p>
-
-<p>Will’s cheek flushed at the honest compliment
-the stranger bestowed upon him.</p>
-
-<p>“And now to business,” continued the
-stranger, “for I didn’t come here from idle
-curiosity. My name is Robert Hunter, and I
-am an agent for the North American Menagerie
-and Museum. Every year we send out
-agents to secure material for our institution
-from all quarters of the globe. I myself am
-now on my way to the great northern forests
-of Maine. We shall remain there for some
-two months and endeavor to trap a large
-number and variety of animals, such as the
-deer, the moose, the otter, the beaver, the
-catamount, the wolf, the bear, the fox, the
-lynx, and also such large birds as can be
-found. For this expedition we are very
-nearly entirely equipped, and I am expected
-to-morrow to join the wagons containing our
-outfit, traps, and men, at a town some few
-miles north of here.”</p>
-
-<p>Will Bertram had listened with breathless
-attention. His eyes glittered with excitement
-as Mr. Hunter’s words suggested to him
-a fascinating field of adventure.</p>
-
-<p>“I’ve taken a rare fancy to your boy Will,”
-continued Hunter. “He’s just the lad we
-need for handy little tasks, and I’ve come to
-make him an offer to accompany us on our expedition.”</p>
-
-<p>Mr. Bertram’s face had grown serious,
-while Mrs. Bertram’s hand stole caressingly,
-anxiously, around that of Will, who sat near
-her.</p>
-
-<p>“You want him to go away,&mdash;to leave us?”
-she murmured, tremulously.</p>
-
-<p>“If he wants to go and you are willing.
-Don’t fear, madam. I’ll lead him into no
-danger, and the wild life he’ll see will benefit
-him. We carry everything for comfort,
-and, aside from once in a while climbing a
-hill to prospect, or a tree to get some bird’s
-nest&mdash;&mdash;”</p>
-
-<p>Will looked his disapproval at this suggestion,
-and the keen-eyed stranger, quick to notice
-it, laid his hand kindly on his arm and
-said:</p>
-
-<p>“Don’t misunderstand me, lad. I mean no
-nest-robbing expedition&mdash;only the securing
-of abandoned nests to fit up a fancy aviary
-in the museum. A man who has lived
-long with animals and birds for his daily
-companions learns to be kind to them, and
-we allow no wanton killing of harmless
-beasts. It was pity, as much as curiosity,
-that made me want the osprey. Come,
-madam, I’m ready to make your boy an
-offer. What do you say?”</p>
-
-<p>Mrs. Bertram was mute, but glanced tearfully
-at Will, and then inquiringly at her
-husband.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum">[12]</span></p>
-
-<p>Will took their silence as a token of encouragement.</p>
-
-<p>“What will I be paid?” he asked. “You
-see, my father is old and there is a debt on
-the little home. As their help and support,
-I would not leave them for the mere pleasure
-of the expedition.”</p>
-
-<p>“Spoken like the true lad I believe you to
-be,” said Mr. Hunter, heartily, “and business-like,
-in the bargain. Well, Master Will,
-aside from the premiums I will give you for
-any important discovery or capture, I will
-pay you fifteen dollars a month, and I’ll relieve
-your anxiety about your parents by
-paying you two months in advance.”</p>
-
-<p>“Thirty dollars! Oh, father, think what a
-help it would be!” cried Will, breathlessly.</p>
-
-<p>Mr. Hunter arose to his feet, hat in hand.</p>
-
-<p>“I will leave the hotel here to join the expedition
-at ten o’clock to-morrow morning.
-If you want to go, let me hear from you early
-in the day. Think it over, Mrs. Bertram, and
-rest assured if you agree I’ll take good care
-of him and return him safe and sound when
-the expedition is over.”</p>
-
-<p>He bade them good-night and was gone
-without another word, leaving Mrs. Bertram
-in tears, her husband anxious and silent, and
-Will excited and undecided over the strange
-proposition he had made.</p>
-
-<p>“It seems like Providence, father,” he said
-finally, after an oppressive silence. “With
-what I got to-day, the two months’ wages will
-support you for a long time, and you won’t
-have to work so hard. Besides, if there’s any
-extra money to earn, I will not miss it. Why,
-at the stores here I couldn’t earn half the
-amount, and I get my living free.”</p>
-
-<p>“We will have to think and talk it over,
-Will,” replied Mr. Bertram, gravely, and at a
-motion Mrs. Bertram followed him into the
-next apartment.</p>
-
-<p>Will could hear the low, serious sound of
-their voices in earnest consultation, even
-after they had softly closed the door connecting
-the two rooms.</p>
-
-<p>He took up a book and tried to read, but
-the exciting thoughts that would come about
-the expedition distracted his mind completely.</p>
-
-<p>“I hope they’ll let me go,” he breathed
-fervently. “It’s even better than the ocean.
-Hello, what is that?”</p>
-
-<p>There had come a quick, metallic tap at
-the window, and Will fixed his eyes in its
-direction.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s the wind, I guess,” he finally decided.
-“No, there it is again.”</p>
-
-<p>Will arose, put on his cap, and, walking to
-the door, opened it, stepped outside, and
-looked searchingly around.</p>
-
-<p>A low whistle from the direction of the
-woodshed told him that some one was there&mdash;some
-one, he theorized, who had thrown the
-pebbles against the window to attract his
-attention, and who did not care to manifest
-himself openly&mdash;in all probability, Tom Dalton.</p>
-
-<p>Will found his suspicions verified as he
-approached the shed, and a disorderly figure
-stepped from behind the door.</p>
-
-<p>“Tom?” he queried, peering into the face
-of the other.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, it’s me,” came the low, dogged response.
-“I hadn’t ought to bother you, Will,
-but I’m nigh starved.”</p>
-
-<p>“Hungry, eh, Tom?”</p>
-
-<p>“I should say so. Bring me a hunk of
-bread and meat, and I’ll get out of town and
-your way.”</p>
-
-<p>Poor Tom had become so used to being in
-people’s way that he could not regard his association
-with any human being as otherwise
-than a disagreeable tolerance.</p>
-
-<p>“You ain’t in my way, Tom,” said Will,
-kindly, “and I’ll not only get you something
-to eat, but I’ll find a place for you to sleep
-to-night. Wait a minute.”</p>
-
-<p>Will returned to the house, and, when he
-came back, tendered his belated companion
-the promised “hunk” of bread and meat,
-which Tom seized and devoured ravenously.</p>
-
-<p>“Well, Tom,” said Will, finally, as the runaway
-bolted the last morsel of food with a
-sigh of intense satisfaction, “what are your
-plans?”</p>
-
-<p>“Ain’t got any.”</p>
-
-<p>“You won’t go back to the Moose?”</p>
-
-<p>“Not much. Do you think I want to get
-killed? I tell you, Will, you don’t know
-what a brute the captain is.”</p>
-
-<p>“Won’t they look for you?”</p>
-
-<p>“Of course they will. They were down
-the street searching for me everywhere half
-an hour ago.”</p>
-
-<p>“Who?”</p>
-
-<p>“Captain Morris and two of the sailors in
-one party, and the mate and the boatswain in
-another.”</p>
-
-<p>Will reflected. He had intended to obtain
-permission of his parents to allow Tom to
-sleep in the house that night, but if Captain
-Morris was looking for him it would be unsafe.</p>
-
-<p>“If I can only keep out of the way until
-the Golden Moose sails, I shall be all right,”
-said Tom, confidently.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum">[13]</span></p>
-
-<p>“Keep quiet, Tom; some one is coming,”
-whispered Will, warningly.</p>
-
-<p>Some one was coming, sure enough, for as
-he spoke the heavy tramp of footsteps at the
-side of the house was followed by a thundering
-knock at the back door as the forms of
-two men loomed into view.</p>
-
-<p>“What did I tell you?” quavered Tom, beginning
-to tremble violently.</p>
-
-<p>“Keep quiet and listen,” repeated Will,
-peremptorily.</p>
-
-<p>At that moment Mrs. Bertram, in answer
-to the knock, opened the door.</p>
-
-<p>The lamplight fell upon the faces of two
-members of the crew of the Golden Moose&mdash;the
-boatswain and mate in quest of Tom Dalton,
-the runaway.</p>
-
-
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_V">CHAPTER V.<br />
-<span class="cheaderfont">A BAD PREDICAMENT.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p>The first question asked by the mate of the
-Golden Moose referred to Will Bertram, as
-the watching lad had expected.</p>
-
-<p>“Is your son at home, Mrs. Bertram?”
-were his words.</p>
-
-<p>“He was a moment since,” replied Will’s
-mother, a slight shade of anxiety in her face
-as she glanced around the room. “He seems
-to have gone.”</p>
-
-<p>“Where to?”</p>
-
-<p>“I do not know. Maybe to visit some
-neighbor’s boy. Was it anything particular,
-sir?”</p>
-
-<p>“Well, yes. You see he got our cabin boy
-at the ship, Tom Dalton, to run away to-day,
-and we’re ready to sail.”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, I am certain he does not know where
-he is,” Mrs. Bertram hastened to say.</p>
-
-<p>“Trust a keen-witted boy like him for
-that,” incredulously remarked the mate.</p>
-
-<p>“At least he has been busy or at home since
-he was at the ship this afternoon.”</p>
-
-<p>“Well, I guess if we find Will Bertram
-we’ll place Tom Dalton,” said the mate, confidently.
-“Come, Jack, we won’t break our
-necks looking for the lads, but, of course, we
-must follow orders.”</p>
-
-<p>The watching boys did not move until the
-two sailors were well out of sight. Tom was
-crying bitterly.</p>
-
-<p>“Be a man, Tom,” urged Will, encouragingly.
-“What are you crying about?”</p>
-
-<p>“Because they hunt me down so, and will
-be sure to catch me. Everybody’s against me.”</p>
-
-<p>“Well I ain’t, Tom. Now, instead of mourning
-uselessly, put your wits together and
-decide what you’re going to do.”</p>
-
-<p>“I don’t know,” responded Tom, hopelessly.</p>
-
-<p>“Is there not some acquaintance you could
-stay with to-night?”</p>
-
-<p>“I ain’t got any friends.”</p>
-
-<p>Will pondered deeply for a moment or
-two. Finally he said:</p>
-
-<p>“Look here, Tom; I think I know a place
-where you could go.”</p>
-
-<p>“Where?”</p>
-
-<p>“You know the old mill down the river?”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes. I’ve been there lots of times.”</p>
-
-<p>“Well, I suggest that you hide there for
-to-night.”</p>
-
-<p>“They’ll never think of searching for me
-there. I’ll go, Will, if we can get there
-without being seen.”</p>
-
-<p>“Come along, then.”</p>
-
-<p>Will took the most retired route he could
-think of to reach the mill. As he went along
-he talked seriously to Tom about his future,
-and advised him to find his way to an uncle
-who lived some distance down the coast, and
-from whose charge Tom, who was an orphan,
-had run away to gain a seafaring experience
-at bitter cost.</p>
-
-<p>“Won’t I see you to-morrow?” inquired
-Tom, lugubriously, somewhat depressed at
-being left to his own resources.</p>
-
-<p>“I expect not.”</p>
-
-<p>“Are you going away?”</p>
-
-<p>“I may, Tom,” and Will told of Mr. Hunter’s
-offer.</p>
-
-<p>Tom’s face grew animated and his eyes
-flashed eagerly as Will enthusiastically referred
-to the plans of the expedition.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, if I could only go with you!” he
-ejaculated.</p>
-
-<p>“I don’t know that I am going myself,
-Tom.”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, Will!”</p>
-
-<p>They were crossing a vacant lot when Tom
-brought Will to an abrupt halt with a startled
-exclamation, at the same time clutching his
-arm alarmedly.</p>
-
-<p>“What’s the matter, Tom?” inquired Will.</p>
-
-<p>“Look yonder. There is the Captain and
-two of his men.”</p>
-
-<p>Will grew a little excited as he glanced in
-the direction his affrighted companion had
-indicated.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s them, sure enough, Tom. Now don’t
-get frightened, but walk fast.”</p>
-
-<p>He hoped to evade the scrutiny of the
-trio, who were some distance away, by getting
-out of their range of vision.</p>
-
-<p>A shout behind him, however, told him
-that their identity was suspected, and he saw
-the three men break into a run.</p>
-
-<p>Will followed their example, urging his
-companion to do the same, and directing the<span class="pagenum">[14]</span>
-way to the old ruined mill, the outline of
-which was visible a short distance ahead of
-them.</p>
-
-<p>They gained on their pursuers, and, reaching
-the mill itself, observed with satisfaction
-that their pursuers were almost invisible
-in the darkness.</p>
-
-<p>“Maybe they won’t trace us here, Tom,”
-said Will; “now you keep close to me, and
-when we’ve found a snug spot we’ll keep
-quiet and await developments.”</p>
-
-<p>The dilapidated old structure, gone to
-wreck and ruin many a year agone, was a
-familiar place to the boys of Watertown.
-Will clasped Tom’s hand and led the way
-through the doorless entrance to its lower
-floor.</p>
-
-<p>As he did so Tom uttered a frightened cry.</p>
-
-<p>“Some one’s here,” he whispered.</p>
-
-<p>Some one certainly was there, for at that
-moment a flashing light in one corner of the
-place showed dimly its entire interior.</p>
-
-<p>Will soon made out the cause of the unexpected
-illumination. On a heap of straw sat
-a trampish-looking individual. He had just
-lighted a match preparatory to taking a
-smoke from his pipe, and did not apparently
-notice the intruders.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s some old tramp,” whispered Will.
-“Come, Tom: yonder’s a ladder leading to the
-next story. Go slow on it, for it’s old and
-rickety. Here we are.”</p>
-
-<p>He crept up a creaking ladder and
-Tom followed him. Will took the precaution
-to pull the ladder up after them, and
-closed the broken trap door over their means
-of entrance.</p>
-
-<p>“Now we’ll sit down and wait,” he said,
-and both boys slid to the floor.</p>
-
-<p>It was so still that they could hear every
-near sound. Will felt Tom tremble as from
-the outside echoed faintly the gruff, harsh
-voice of Captain Morris.</p>
-
-<p>A minute later there was a quick cry and
-a sudden commotion below as if the sailors
-had discovered the old tramp, and then, as a
-light showed distinctly through the cracks of
-the floor, Tom quavered, gaspingly:</p>
-
-<p>“They’ve traced us here, and have got a
-light and are looking for us!”</p>
-
-<p>Will Bertram placed his eye to an interstice
-in the floor to ascertain what was going
-on below.</p>
-
-<p>He arose suddenly to his feet with a
-startled cry.</p>
-
-<p>“Quick, Tom, open the trap door and get
-the ladder down!”</p>
-
-<p>“What for?”</p>
-
-<p>“It is no light below, but a fire!”</p>
-
-<p>“A fire?” echoed Tom, wildly.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes; quick, I say; the trap! the ladder!”</p>
-
-<p>Will himself was compelled to lift the
-trap door, for Tom was paralyzed with terror
-and utter helplessness in their dilemma.</p>
-
-<p>He staggered back as he drew the trap
-open. A dense volume of smoke issued from
-below, while the crackling of burning wood
-and a ruddy glare told that the careless tramp
-had precipitated a catastrophe.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, Will! what shall we do?”</p>
-
-<p>“Keep cool and get out of this,” replied
-Will, bravely. “Stay where you are for a
-minute.”</p>
-
-<p>He flung the trap shut and groped his way
-to the window.</p>
-
-<p>It was now an open aperture, but, as he
-well knew, looked down upon a deep pit by
-the side of the structure.</p>
-
-<p>“There used to be some ladder steps nailed
-to the side of the building,” he said, as he
-leaned out of the window.</p>
-
-<p>He peered searchingly forth, and with his
-hand felt for the means of escape he had
-described.</p>
-
-<p>A murmur of concern swept his lips as he
-made a thrilling discovery.</p>
-
-<p>The ladder steps were gone!</p>
-
-
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_VI">CHAPTER VI.<br />
-<span class="cheaderfont">THE FIRE.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p>Wind and weather or the destructive freak
-of some careless boy had certainly cut off
-the one avenue of escape for the imprisoned
-boys from the burning building.</p>
-
-<p>Had not the pit yawned far below the
-ground surface Will would have trusted to a
-flying jump in the darkness.</p>
-
-<p>Tom Dalton, utterly overwhelmed, sat huddled
-together on the floor quaking with
-terror.</p>
-
-<p>The encroaching fire showed through the
-cracks so plainly now that they could see
-each other’s face.</p>
-
-<p>Already the fire was burning the floor beneath
-them. They could not descend.</p>
-
-<p>“We must climb higher,” said Will, forming
-a quick resolution. “There is the old
-stairs yonder. Follow me, Tom.”</p>
-
-<p>The cabin boy obeyed Will’s order mutely,
-and they found themselves in a large loft at
-the top story of the building.</p>
-
-<p>Will began to reconnoitre at once, but he
-found that the distance from the windows to
-the ground was too great to encourage him
-to take a dangerous leap downwards.</p>
-
-<p>They might reach the attic or the roof, but
-that only made their dilemma worse.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum">[15]</span></p>
-
-<p>At last, after a rapid inspection, he lit a
-match and surveyed critically an aperture in
-the side of the building.</p>
-
-<p>The smoke and heat had now become well-nigh
-intolerable, and occasionally some timber
-burning in two would make the weakened
-structure topple and tremble.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh! what shall we do?” moaned Tom,
-despairingly.</p>
-
-<p>“Get out of this when it comes to the
-worst.”</p>
-
-<p>“How?”</p>
-
-<p>“By jumping from the window.”</p>
-
-<p>“And kill ourselves by the fall!” cried
-Tom. “Can’t we call for help?”</p>
-
-<p>“There’s no one in sight on this side of the
-building, and besides they couldn’t reach us
-from the river end. Now, listen carefully to
-me, Tom, for our safety depends on our own
-efforts.”</p>
-
-<p>“What is it, Will?”</p>
-
-<p>“In the corner yonder there’s an old
-shute leading to the river.”</p>
-
-<p>“What’s a shute?”</p>
-
-<p>“A long, tightly-boarded box. They used
-it to send rubbish down to the river. It slants
-down the side of the building about forty
-feet.”</p>
-
-<p>“You don’t mean to slide down it?”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, I do. It’s our only chance of escape.”</p>
-
-<p>It seemed a perilous one, and as Will held
-a match over the end of the shute and explained
-that a swift descent might terminate
-in a cold plunge in the river, Tom drew back
-in dismay.</p>
-
-<p>“I’ll go first,” said Will. “You’ll follow.”</p>
-
-<p>“I’m afraid, Will.”</p>
-
-<p>“Then we’re lost, for the fire&mdash;hear
-that!”</p>
-
-<p>“I’ll do it! I’ll do it!” cried Tom, starting,
-as one side of the building, the lower props
-burned away, sagged to one side.</p>
-
-<p>It was high time for action. Will climbed
-over the extending top of the shute and
-lowered himself into it.</p>
-
-<p>Clinging to the edge he gave Tom a warning
-word:</p>
-
-<p>“Don’t delay a moment in following me.”</p>
-
-<p>“I won’t.”</p>
-
-<p>“Here goes, then!”</p>
-
-<p>Will Bertram experienced a strange sensation
-as, relaxing his grasp, he shot vertically
-downwards.</p>
-
-<p>His breath seemed taken away, and his
-hands, sweeping the bottom of the shute
-seemed to gather a thousand little slivers.</p>
-
-<p>Then, with a gasp, he felt his body strike
-the water and become entirely submerged.
-He was chilled by the shock, but he puffed
-and struggled, and then clung at a rock and
-drew himself to the shore, breathless and
-exhausted.</p>
-
-<p>Splash!</p>
-
-<p>A second echoing plunge followed his own,
-and in the radiating illumination he made out
-a struggling figure in the water.</p>
-
-<p>Tom Dalton had followed his example, and
-just in time, for a crash told of a floor giving
-way in the structure they had vacated.</p>
-
-<p>“Tom! Tom! this way!” called Will, cautiously.</p>
-
-<p>But his companion in peril either did not
-hear him or had determined to follow his
-own course. He struck out deliberately to
-cross the river, swam vigorously forward,
-and, reaching the opposite shore, cast a quick
-look in the direction of the burning mill,
-and then disappeared in the darkness outside
-the radius of its light.</p>
-
-<p>“He’s probably afraid the captain will
-catch him,” theorized Will. “At all events,
-he’s safe.”</p>
-
-<p>Will shook the water from his clothes and
-made a wide detour of the burning.</p>
-
-<p>As he looked back he saw quite a crowd
-gathered around the building, but determined
-to evade them, and made his way
-homeward, walking briskly to restore the
-circulation to his chilled frame.</p>
-
-<p>He found the lamp turned down when he
-reached home, and was glad to know that his
-father and mother had retired for the night.</p>
-
-<p>“There’s no use worrying them about
-what’s happened to-night,” he soliloquized,
-and he made up a good fire in the kitchen
-and spread out his soaked garments to dry.</p>
-
-<p>“Is that you, Will?” Mrs. Bertram called
-from her chamber.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, mother.”</p>
-
-<p>“Where have you been?”</p>
-
-<p>“With Tom Dalton. The poor fellow was
-afraid Captain Morris would find him, and I
-went with him to try and find him a place to
-sleep,” and with this vague explanation
-Will bade his parents good-night and repaired
-to his own room.</p>
-
-<p>He dozed restlessly the first portion of the
-night, and then, unable to sleep, his mind
-filled with thoughts of his varied adventures
-and the anticipated expedition of the morning,
-he wrapped a blanket around himself
-and stole silently to the kitchen.</p>
-
-<p>He devoted the remainder of the night to
-drying his clothes. With the first break of
-dawn he had donned them and attended to
-various little chores around the house.</p>
-
-<p>His curiosity impelled him to proceed a<span class="pagenum">[16]</span>
-little distance down the street, whence a view
-of the harbor could be obtained.</p>
-
-<p>He was familiar enough with the various
-craft at anchorage to miss the trim sails and
-masts of Captain Morris’ ship.</p>
-
-<p>The Golden Moose had sailed during the
-night; but where was poor Tom Dalton, the
-runaway?</p>
-
-
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_VII">CHAPTER VII.<br />
-<span class="cheaderfont">STRANGE COMPANIONS.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p>Will Bertram studied his mother’s face
-searchingly as he sat down to breakfast that
-morning. The sad, patient features gave no
-indication of the decision arrived at regarding
-the proposed expedition, however, and
-Will was compelled to wait until the morning
-meal was over before the subject was referred
-to.</p>
-
-<p>“Well, my son, your mother and I have
-talked over the matter of your going away,”
-said Mr. Bertram.</p>
-
-<p>Will looked suspenseful.</p>
-
-<p>“We have decided, since your heart seems
-so set upon it, to let you do as you please.”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, father, I am so glad!” cried Will,
-rapturously. “Of course I long for the adventurous
-life the expedition offers&mdash;what
-boy wouldn’t?&mdash;but, honestly, I want to help
-you, and in a business point of view it’s the
-best thing open to me.”</p>
-
-<p>He promised his mother to indulge in no
-reckless or dangerous exploits, and to evade
-companionship with any evil persons he
-might meet.</p>
-
-<p>Then, while his mother was making up a
-package of his clothes, Will went to the
-hotel.</p>
-
-<p>Mr. Hunter expressed a keen satisfaction
-at his decision. He drew a sort of contract
-between them, and, as he had promised, advanced
-the two months’ wages, and bade Will
-return by ten o’clock to leave home for good.</p>
-
-<p>Will paid the money over to his mother,
-and took occasion to relate his adventures of
-the night previous. She trembled at the
-stirring recital. He listened attentively to
-her parting words of advice. Mrs. Bertram
-was not the woman to show her anxiety and
-grief at his departure, but kissed him good-by
-with cheering words and hopeful smiles.</p>
-
-<p>Little did either dream of the long, weary
-months destined to intervene ere they again
-clasped hands.</p>
-
-<p>Will’s step was quick and elastic, and his
-heart thrilled with pleasure as he again
-reached the hotel, his bundle of clothing
-strapped over his shoulder.</p>
-
-<p>Youth does not cherish sadness, and his
-exuberant spirits regarded the parting with
-his parents tenderly rather than with forebodings
-of distress.</p>
-
-<p>“Well, my boy, all ready?” asked Mr.
-Hunter, as he welcomed Will.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, sir.”</p>
-
-<p>“If we ride to the meeting place where the
-expedition is we will have to wait for a
-stage. It’s barely ten miles. What do you
-say to a walk?”</p>
-
-<p>Will expressed himself eminently satisfied
-with this arrangement, and the two set out at
-a brisk gait.</p>
-
-<p>Watertown was soon left behind them. The
-morning was clear and frosty, and as they
-trudged along Mr. Hunter entered into numerous
-details regarding the expedition.</p>
-
-<p>Will found him one of the most entertaining
-talkers he had ever met. He told of all
-the practical operations of museum, menagerie
-and circus life, and revealed to his companion
-the fact that under the artificial glitter
-and tinsel of circus experience existed
-hard realities, of which securing the collection
-of animals was one.</p>
-
-<p>The caravan bound for the expedition was
-reached shortly after noon. Mr. Hunter
-pointed it out to Will as they reached the
-edge of the town where he was to meet it.</p>
-
-<p>Will Bertram was amazed to find that there
-were nearly twenty wagons and as many
-men.</p>
-
-<p>Mr. Hunter noticed his surprise.</p>
-
-<p>“Are you going to use all those wagons?”
-inquired Will.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, and possibly we will have to secure
-more before the expedition is ended. When
-we reach the northern limit of settlements
-half the wagons will remain there. The
-others will go on and again divide. When we
-come down to actual operations we will have
-only two wagons with us, one with cages for
-the animals we capture, and one for our own
-use. As soon as the former is filled we send
-it back to the last station, and the train moves
-forward the entire line, one station. Thus
-we will have a progressive and return caravan,
-the wagon with the animals going back
-to the nearest railroad town, shipping its
-cages, and coming back again.”</p>
-
-<p>For over an hour Will studied the caravan
-in all its appointments. He found the men
-composing it rough, good natured people,
-who answered his numerous questions cheerfully.</p>
-
-<p>They showed him the four living vehicles,
-as they were called, stout, boarded wagons,
-with heavy wheels and a stove and bunks inside,<span class="pagenum">[17]</span>
-as also the supply or provision cart and
-the cage wagons. These latter were provided
-with barred cages, and in some of them
-were animals that had already been purchased
-from people along the route, consisting
-of a tame fox, a pet bear, and quite a
-number of birds.</p>
-
-<p>The wounded osprey Will had rescued the
-night previous, and which Mr. Hunter had
-sent on early that morning, was being fed and
-nursed by a member of the caravan.</p>
-
-<p>Up to this stage of the journey the party
-had remained at a hotel when they reached a
-town, but as villages grew less frequent it
-was designed to cook, eat and sleep in the
-living wagons.</p>
-
-<p>This nomadic life pleased Will from its
-very novelty, and he longed for the journey
-to begin, anticipating rare sport when they
-reached the wilderness, and marveling at the
-immense wagon load of traps and snares carried
-by the caravan.</p>
-
-<p>Mr. Hunter ordered an immediate start.
-There were several extra horses, and he and
-Will rode two of them ahead of the train.</p>
-
-<p>At dusk they halted in a little stretch of
-timber, no near town being visible. Huge
-torches were planted in the ground, the wagons
-drawn in a circle, the horses tethered,
-and an immense camp-fire built for the night.</p>
-
-<p>It was a novel and busy sight for the interested
-Will, and he watched the preparations
-for supper with a keen appetite and rare
-enjoyment of the scene.</p>
-
-<p>Suddenly, at one of the wagons, where a
-man was taking some feed for the horses,
-there was a quick commotion.</p>
-
-<p>“Hello! Mr. Hunter,” he cried, “here’s a
-discovery.”</p>
-
-<p>“What is it?” inquired Mr. Hunter, coming
-to the wagon, Will pressing close to his side.</p>
-
-<p>Amid a mass of straw was a form, which
-kicked vigorously as the man endeavored to
-drag it from the wagon.</p>
-
-<p>“A stowaway!” cried the man.</p>
-
-<p>“True enough,” replied Mr. Hunter. “Pull
-him out, and let us have a look at him.”</p>
-
-<p>“Let me go! Let me go! I tell you I
-haven’t done anything wrong!” cried a voice
-that fell familiarly on Will’s startled ear.</p>
-
-<p>The man drew its possessor out of the
-wagon, and wheeled him around to the camp-fire.</p>
-
-<p>Mr. Hunter stared amusedly at the form
-thus revealed.</p>
-
-<p>An amazed ejaculation swept Will Bertram’s
-lips as he recognized him.</p>
-
-<p>“Why, its Tom Dalton!” he cried, breathlessly.</p>
-
-
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_VIII">CHAPTER VIII.<br />
-<span class="cheaderfont">ON THE MARCH.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p>Will Bertram’s expressive face must have
-betrayed to Mr. Hunter that the stowaway
-was a friend, for that gentleman regarded
-Tom with a critical, amused smile, and then
-asked Will:</p>
-
-<p>“You know this boy?”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, sir.”</p>
-
-<p>“Who is he?”</p>
-
-<p>“Tom Dalton. He is from Watertown, but
-how he came here is more than I can tell.”</p>
-
-<p>Tom stood sullenly regarding the curious
-men around him, half-cowering, as if expecting
-the usual beating he had received on
-board the Golden Moose for any delinquency.</p>
-
-<p>“Come to the fire and warm yourself, and
-get something to eat,” said Mr. Hunter, in a
-kindly tone, to the friendless runaway.</p>
-
-<p>Tom crept to the camp-fire with a look of
-infinite relief. He evaded Will’s glance
-sheepishly, and was entirely silent until the
-rude, but plentiful, evening repast was finished.</p>
-
-<p>Will was consumed with curiosity to learn
-by what strange series of circumstances Tom
-had become a member of the wagon train,
-but no opportunity presented itself to question
-him.</p>
-
-<p>Mr. Hunter himself, however, took Tom in
-hand and drew from him the story of his escapade.</p>
-
-<p>Briefly related, it was to the effect that
-after the fire at the mill, concerning which
-Will had spoken freely to Mr. Hunter, he
-had wandered away from Watertown.</p>
-
-<p>Tom remembered all Will had told him
-about the proposed expedition, recalling
-even the location of the meeting place.</p>
-
-<p>The temptations offered by the expected
-trip to the wilderness were too much for
-Tom. He climbed into a wagon, and had
-lain snugly ensconced in his hiding place
-until now.</p>
-
-<p>“And what do you expect I’m going to do
-with you?” inquired Mr. Hunter.</p>
-
-<p>“Let me work for you, sir,” responded
-Tom, promptly.</p>
-
-<p>“Good! I will,” and, to the infinite delight
-of Tom, he was accepted as a member
-of the caravan and assigned to a bunk in the
-same wagon with Will.</p>
-
-<p>The evening around the camp-fire, during
-which rare stories of adventure held the
-boys spellbound, the jaunt through a strange
-country, and the zest of anticipated pleasure
-when hunting and trapping should begin,<span class="pagenum">[18]</span>
-made the time pass rapidly to Will and Tom.</p>
-
-<p>The history of each succeeding day tallied
-with its predecessor in the main details of
-incident, except that the caravan was penetrating
-farther and farther into the belt of
-the uninhabited territory where their actual
-operations were to begin.</p>
-
-<p>The weather had been clear and cold, but
-the rivers they passed, so far, were free of
-ice, and the roads were not blocked with
-snow.</p>
-
-<p>Mr. Hunter had predicted a change, and
-one evening it came. Since morning they
-had passed only one solitary hut, and he explained
-that they were entering a section of
-timber where some game might be found.</p>
-
-<p>At any rate, the caravan was divided, and
-minute instructions given for the future.
-Then the main party struck off into the wilderness.</p>
-
-<p>The flakes began to fall thick and heavy as
-darkness came down. Mr. Hunter expressed
-his satisfaction at this.</p>
-
-<p>“If we have a heavy fall of snow and it
-continues cold,” he said, “it will be just right
-for trapping. At any rate, we’ll stay here a
-day or two and reconnoitre.”</p>
-
-<p>No camp-fire was built that night, the men
-huddling around their stoves in the living
-wagons.</p>
-
-<p>It was cozy and warm for Will and Tom,
-but one of the drivers, whose horses had got
-loose and had to be hunted up, reported a
-severe experience.</p>
-
-<p>“The snow’s getting terribly deep and
-blinding,” he said, “and, <a href="#Ref_19">as I came up to the
-horses, I’m sure I heard and saw a wolf</a>.”</p>
-
-<div id="Ref_19" class="figcenter">
-<img src="images/i19.jpg" alt="" />
-</div>
-
-<p>“We’ll keep a watch on the horses, then,”
-said Mr. Hunter. “Are the traps all ready
-for use?” he inquired of the man who had
-charge of the equipment wagon.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, sir.”</p>
-
-<p>“Very well; we’ll devote to-morrow and the
-next day to a search for animals. If the
-signs are plentiful we’ll make our first station
-here.”</p>
-
-<p>Bright and early the two boys were awake
-and up. They found the ground foot deep with
-snow, and the vast forests, now covered with
-a mantle of white, presenting the aspect of a
-vast, untraversed wilderness.</p>
-
-<p>Mr. Hunter joined them as they gathered
-a lot of wood for a fire, and invited them to
-take a brief tour of inspection with him.</p>
-
-<p>His practiced eyes passed by no marks in
-the snow, and whenever he came to a series
-of tracks he examined them closely.</p>
-
-<p>“Plenty of small animals,” he remarked;
-“and an occasional fox and wolf.”</p>
-
-<p>“What is this?” inquired Will.</p>
-
-<p>He pointed to a deep, heavy furrow in the
-snow, which looked as if some object had
-been dragged over its surface.</p>
-
-<p>Mr. Hunter proceeded at once to follow
-the marks. Here and there a hole like that
-made by a horse’s foot would appear outside
-of the smooth indentation.</p>
-
-<p>It led direct to a dark ravine, and terminated
-at a cave-like aperture in a mound covered
-with stunted trees.</p>
-
-<p>Here Mr. Hunter paused.</p>
-
-<p>“You’ve made quite a discovery, Will,” he
-said.</p>
-
-<p>“Is it an animal, sir?”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes. Its footmarks are obscured by the
-object it seems to have been dragging along
-by its mouth.”</p>
-
-<p>“And you think it’s in the cave there?”</p>
-
-<p>“Undoubtedly.”</p>
-
-<p>“What is it&mdash;a wolf or fox?”</p>
-
-<p>“No, a bear.”</p>
-
-<p>The announcement excited both boys tremendously.</p>
-
-<p>“Let’s catch him,” cried Tom.</p>
-
-<p>Mr. Hunter smiled.</p>
-
-<p>“He’d catch us if he saw us unarmed as we
-are. No, we’ll get back to camp and get the
-traps out. Maybe by morning Mr. Bruin will
-walk into the one we shall set for him.”</p>
-
-<p>After breakfast there was a busy time
-among the men. At Mr. Hunter’s direction
-traps and snares were set in various places,
-and Will and Tom were employed in gathering
-tree moss and abandoned nests for the
-aviary. A hawk and an owl were captured
-during the day, but it was the following
-morning that Mr. Hunter expected to find
-quite a number of animals in the traps baited
-over night.</p>
-
-<p>The large bear trap left at the entrance to
-the cave was a great objective point of interest
-to the boys, and they visited the spot several
-times, hoping to be the first to announce
-the capture of bruin should that important
-event occur.</p>
-
-<p>They stood before the entrance to the cave
-late in the afternoon regarding the set trap
-curiously.</p>
-
-<p>“Do you see?” remarked Will, pointing to
-it.</p>
-
-<p>“What?” inquired Tom.</p>
-
-<p>“The meat is gone. It must be a cunning
-bear. He has sniffed the bait and cautiously
-eaten it off without putting his feet in.”</p>
-
-<p>It certainly seemed that what Will said was
-true, for the marks of the animal’s feet could
-be traced in the snow that had blown into the
-entrance to its den.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum">[19]</span></p>
-
-<p>Will left Tom at the place and announced
-his intention of going around the mound.</p>
-
-<p>He made a new discovery as he came to
-the other side of the mound. A double track
-in the snow led to and from a clump of
-bushes, and these latter were brushed aside
-and broken as if recently passed over.</p>
-
-<p>Will thrilled at his discovery. The cave
-had two entrances, and the bear, too keen-witted
-to step into the trap, was using this one
-as a means of entrance and exit.</p>
-
-<p>“I believe I’ll have a look into the place,”
-murmured Will.</p>
-
-<p>He parted the brushes and found a large
-aperture looking down into complete darkness.</p>
-
-<p>Will’s curiosity overcame his prudence,
-and there being no indication of the presence
-of the bear, he withdrew his head, and,
-cutting a large, resinous knot from a tree
-near at hand, proceeded to ignite it with a
-match.</p>
-
-<p>When it flared up sufficiently, he again approached
-the rear opening to the cave,
-brushed aside the bushes, and extended it
-far into the darkness.</p>
-
-<p>Its radiance showed the clay floor of the
-cave a few feet below. Straining his eyes to
-pierce the darkness, Will met with an unexpected
-accident.</p>
-
-<p>The bush he was holding to gave way, and
-he fell forward precipitately. The torch was
-hurled downwards, while he himself plunged
-head foremost into the cave.</p>
-
-<p>Bruised and startled, he scrambled to his
-feet.</p>
-
-<p>At that moment a terrific roar echoed
-through the darkness and gloom of the
-cave.</p>
-
-
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_IX">CHAPTER IX.<br />
-<span class="cheaderfont">LOST.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p>Will Bertram discovered two things as he
-thrilled to a realization of his true position.</p>
-
-<p>Some ten feet away was daylight penetrating
-through the main aperture to the cave,
-while directly in front of him and against
-this light was the great, crouching body of
-the bear itself.</p>
-
-<p>Its eyes, like two sparks of yellow fire,
-glared fixedly upon him, while its low grumblings
-told that its rage was fully aroused.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum">[20]</span></p>
-
-<p>Will stood rooted to the spot, but only for
-a moment, for a movement on the part of the
-bear aroused him to sudden action.</p>
-
-<p>Springing forward, the animal brought its
-huge foot across the intruder’s arm, tearing
-the sleeve of his coat into shreds.</p>
-
-<p>The torch had fallen to the floor of the
-cave, and still flickered brightly. With no
-weapon to defend himself, Will stooped and
-seized it, and brandished it squarely in the
-bear’s face.</p>
-
-<p>With a growl the animal retreated a step
-or two, but maintained a strict and entire
-guardianship of the way leading to the main
-exit from the cave.</p>
-
-<p>Will gave a quick glance behind him, but
-instantly abandoned all thoughts of escaping
-by the way he had come.</p>
-
-<p>The aperture was at the end of a slanting
-decline and several feet above his head.</p>
-
-<p>To climb up that would consume time, and
-bruin, more agile than he, would certainly
-overtake him ere he had accomplished the
-exit.</p>
-
-<p>In a flash, Will decided that but one
-way of escape lay open to him, and that was
-by dashing past the bear through the main
-entrance, beyond which a glance revealed
-Tom Dalton.</p>
-
-<p>The cave narrowed as it came to this spot,
-and this passage way was almost completely
-filled by the bear’s enormous body.</p>
-
-<p>The animal seemed ready for a second onslaught
-on the intruder, when Will, waving
-the torch so as to cause it to flame still more,
-again thrust it into the animal’s face.</p>
-
-<p>Bruin roared with pain and rage and
-showed his horrible fangs, but retreated
-slowly.</p>
-
-<p>“If I could only drive him to the open
-air,” murmured Will, tumultuously.</p>
-
-<p>There seemed but little hope of this, however,
-for the bear at last appeared to make a
-sullen stand, and half-raised himself, as if to
-spring on Will.</p>
-
-<p>The latter could see open daylight beyond.
-A few feet more and he believed he could
-rush past the bear in safety.</p>
-
-<p>With a last, desperate movement he flung
-the burning torch square at the head of the
-bear.</p>
-
-<p>The animal crouched back, and then
-turned with a frightful howl.</p>
-
-<p>A sudden, clicking snap echoed on the air,
-and the bear seemed struggling and floundering
-in a strange way.</p>
-
-<p>“The trap!” cried Will, wildly.</p>
-
-<p>His excited words expressed the bear’s
-dilemma. Bruin, enraged and retreating,
-had walked into the very snare he had before
-avoided.</p>
-
-<p>He was foaming with rage, and, his hind
-legs firmly caught between the clamps of the
-immense steel trap set at the mouth of the
-cave, was struggling wildly to release himself.</p>
-
-<p>With a shout of relief and joy, Will darted
-past the imprisoned bear and into the open air.</p>
-
-<p>He found Tom Dalton standing staring at
-the bear in open-mouthed wonderment.</p>
-
-<p>The trap was secured by an iron chain
-around a tree, and, although it allowed bruin
-a certain range of action, it held him a prisoner.</p>
-
-<p>Tom was struck on the arm, and came very
-near within the bear’s floundering grasp, but
-Will pulled him aside in time to avoid a
-crushing blow from the animal’s heavy paw.</p>
-
-<p>Will entertained his companion with a
-vivid account of his adventure.</p>
-
-<p>“You run to the camp and tell Mr. Hunter
-what has occurred,” he said, when he had
-concluded his story. “I’ll stay and watch
-the bear.”</p>
-
-<p>Mr. Hunter and several of the men arrived
-soon. He complimented Will on his capture,
-and pronounced the bear a fine specimen
-of his species.</p>
-
-<p>Will watched the men interestedly as, with
-the aid of poles and hooks, they secured
-bruin so that he could not injure them, when
-they conveyed him to a cage wagon which
-was sent for.</p>
-
-<p>Some chloroform on a sponge robbed
-bruin of his natural fierceness, and he was
-finally safely caged.</p>
-
-<p>The ensuing morning a fox and a wolf
-were found, with other smaller animals, in
-the traps, set in various places around the
-camp.</p>
-
-<p>The history of one day was that of all the
-week spent at the camp. One wagon was
-ready to send back, and then Mr. Hunter announced
-that they would push on still further
-into the wilderness.</p>
-
-<p>It was an exciting and interesting tramp
-for the two boys. The ensuing three weeks
-were the busiest ones they had ever known.</p>
-
-<p>They learned how the moose, the deer, the
-otter, the catamount and other animals were
-captured, and many a thrilling experience
-was theirs in a quest for rare birds amid the
-lonely forests.</p>
-
-<p>When the snow became compact, rude runners
-were substituted for wheels on the wagons,
-and several of the vehicles left the expedition
-filled with captured animals and
-birds.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum">[21]</span></p>
-
-<p>When they were traveling it would sometimes
-be entire days ere they would come
-across a settlement, or even a house.</p>
-
-<p>It was just about a month after leaving
-Watertown when, one day, an incident occurred
-which materially changed all the
-plans of the two boys who had so strangely
-become members of the expedition.</p>
-
-<p>They had orders to prepare for a new move
-that night, and early in the day had gone
-back by the route they had come to a
-place where a rocky formation in the landscape
-had suggested the idea of successful
-bird hunting.</p>
-
-<p>Several eagles had been noticed by the
-boys, and it was to capture one of these that
-they determined to make the expedition on
-their own account.</p>
-
-<p>The weather had become mild, and the
-snow had almost disappeared. Mr. Hunter
-warned them not to go too far from the
-camp, as a storm was threatened.</p>
-
-<p>Provided with ropes and snares, Will and
-Tom reached the spot they had in view, and
-for over an hour wandered about the place.</p>
-
-<p>At last, some distance away, they made out
-several large birds circling about a rocky
-point of land.</p>
-
-<p>Will suggested that they visit the spot, and
-this took them still farther away from the
-camp.</p>
-
-<p>Clambering over the rocks, exploring this
-and that secluded aerie, and endeavoring to
-snare some of the birds, which they thought
-to be eagles, the hours passed so rapidly
-away that dusk grew upon them before they
-realized how the day had advanced.</p>
-
-<p>“Why, Will, it’s getting dark!” suddenly
-exclaimed Tom.</p>
-
-<p>They abandoned their efforts at catching
-the birds and descended to the level plain beneath.</p>
-
-<p>The scenery around them seemed utterly
-unfamiliar, and Will was somewhat alarmed,
-as he found that he was considerably confused
-as to the points of the compass.</p>
-
-<p>However, he finally decided upon what he
-supposed to be the direction in which the
-camp lay, and they started forward on their
-way.</p>
-
-<p>Darkness came on, and, although they had
-progressed several miles, they were more bewildered
-than ever concerning their real
-whereabouts.</p>
-
-<p>Any person who has been lost knows how,
-in the effort to regain some familiar landmark,
-the mind becomes affrighted and bewildered,
-and the feet wander unconsciously
-and aimlessly.</p>
-
-<p>It was so with Will and Tom. It must
-have been nearly morning before they came
-to a halt.</p>
-
-<p>They built a fire in a thicket and determined
-to wait until daybreak before they
-attempted again to ascertain their bearings
-or endeavored to reach the camp.</p>
-
-<p>Will had not imparted his real anxieties to
-Tom, but when, the ensuing day, several
-hours’ wandering failed to reveal any trace
-of the camp or its proximity, he began to exhibit
-a deep concern.</p>
-
-<p>“See here, Tom,” he said, frankly, at last,
-“I’ve led you to believe that it was only a
-matter of time in reaching the camp.”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, Will.”</p>
-
-<p>“Well, I thought it was, but I’ve changed
-my mind.”</p>
-
-<p>“You said the opening here looked like one
-near our last camping place.”</p>
-
-<p>“I was mistaken.”</p>
-
-<p>“Then you don’t think we’ll reach camp
-to-night?”</p>
-
-<p>“I’m afraid not, Tom. There’s no use
-evading the true condition of affairs. We’ve
-been going in a wrong direction all day. We
-are lost!”</p>
-
-
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_X">CHAPTER X.<br />
-<span class="cheaderfont">IN THE WILDERNESS.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p>It was a dreary prospect for the tired and
-hungry boys, and Tom’s face lengthened as
-he realized the hardship and privation in
-store for them.</p>
-
-<p>They had eaten the last morsel of food
-they had brought with them the day before,
-and the danger of actual starvation stared
-them in the face.</p>
-
-<p>“We may have wandered miles from the
-camp, and Mr. Hunter may be looking for
-us in an entirely different direction,” said
-Will, seriously.</p>
-
-<p>“Can’t we reach some town or settlement?”
-inquired Tom, hopefully.</p>
-
-<p>“There may not be a house within a hundred
-miles, and there may be one within ten.
-All we can do is to struggle on, and as it’s
-getting night and looks like snow, we had
-better hurry away from this level prairie.”</p>
-
-<p>In the far distance trees were visible, and
-the boys, keeping them in view, trudged
-wearily onwards.</p>
-
-<p>Snow began to fall late in the afternoon,
-and this caused Will to urge the lagging Tom
-to hasten his pace, and endeavor to reach the
-timber ere night and storm overtook them.</p>
-
-<p>They reached a scattering woods finally.
-Seeking a place to camp for the night, Tom<span class="pagenum">[22]</span>
-startled his companion with a welcome discovery.</p>
-
-<p>It was the track of horses’ feet and wagon
-wheels along the edge of the timber, and
-they were quite fresh.</p>
-
-<p>“Some vehicle has passed here lately, sure,”
-said Will, quite excitedly.</p>
-
-<p>“Let us follow up the tracks,&mdash;they may
-lead to some town,” suggested Tom.</p>
-
-<p>This course seemed a wise one, and was
-immediately followed, but when the road diverged
-to the opening all traces were hidden
-by the fast falling snow.</p>
-
-<p>Darkness coming down showed a dreary
-waste of snow lying before them far as the
-eye could reach.</p>
-
-<p>“We had better find a camp for the night,”
-said Will.</p>
-
-<p>They devoted some time to searching for
-a convenient spot. The snow had become
-heavy and blinding, and penetrated even the
-timber.</p>
-
-<p>“We’ll find a clump of screening bushes
-somewhere,” said Will, and they kept on
-through the woods.</p>
-
-<p>At a little opening they paused, wet, chilled
-and discouraged.</p>
-
-<p>Suddenly Will started.</p>
-
-<p>“Hark!” he said, impressively.</p>
-
-<p>Tom bent his ear to catch an ominous
-noise echoing strangely through the silent
-woods.</p>
-
-<p>A distant baying sound was borne upon the
-breeze, becoming augmented in volume and
-nearness as they listened.</p>
-
-<p>“What is it, Will?” inquired Tom, in awe-stricken
-tones.</p>
-
-<p>“Wolves.”</p>
-
-<p>Tom’s face grew pale and his hands began
-trembling violently.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, Will, what shall we do if they come
-here?”</p>
-
-<p>“They probably will come here, but we
-won’t let them catch us just yet.”</p>
-
-<p>“What shall we do?”</p>
-
-<p>“Build a fire and climb the highest tree we
-can find.”</p>
-
-<p>Will began at once to gather leaves and
-wood, but paused with a cry of delight.</p>
-
-<p>“Come this way quick, Tom. Do you see
-yonder?”</p>
-
-<p>“In the opening?”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes. It’s a house. Run, Tom, for the
-wolves are coming nearer.”</p>
-
-<p>The baying sound seemed directly in the
-timber as they dashed across the snowy waste.</p>
-
-<p>In the centre of the opening stood a structure
-of some kind. As they neared it the
-rude outlines of a log cabin were revealed.</p>
-
-<p>The single door was open. Through the
-roofless top the snow came down heavily.</p>
-
-<p>But it was a welcome house of refuge
-amid peril. Will pushed the door shut and
-propped a heavy log lying inside against it.</p>
-
-<p>As he did so he saw, breaking from the
-cover of the forest, a dozen or more wolves.</p>
-
-<p>“Just in time,” he murmured, relievedly,
-as he glanced around at the stout timbers enclosing
-the cabin.</p>
-
-
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_XI">CHAPTER XI.<br />
-<span class="cheaderfont">IMPRISONED BY WOLVES.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p>Tom Dalton could not overcome the terror
-he experienced at the near proximity of the
-wolves until Will assured him that they were
-safe.</p>
-
-<p>“They can’t break in the door nor reach
-the roof.”</p>
-
-<p>“But we’ll have to stay here all night.”</p>
-
-<p>“Very probably, Tom, and we’ll make the
-best of it and try and keep comfortable.”</p>
-
-<p>It was a cheerless outlook, however, for
-the snow came down through the roofless
-top of the cabin the same as if they were out
-doors.</p>
-
-<p>Will adjusted some logs to form a kind of
-shelter, however, and then for some time
-listened to the noises from the outside.</p>
-
-<p>The wolves were baying and snarling and
-tearing at the logs as if hungry for their expected
-prey.</p>
-
-<p>These sounds died away after a while, the
-animals seeming to abandon their assault on
-the cabin as useless.</p>
-
-<p>“They have gone off on a new trail,” said
-Will; but half an hour later his theory
-seemed to be an incorrect one.</p>
-
-<p>Far in the distance the baying began
-again, came nearer and nearer, and sounded
-more vicious in its echoing tones than before.</p>
-
-<p>“I wonder what it means,” spoke Tom.</p>
-
-<p>“They seem to be coming to the cabin
-again,” said Will. “Why, one of them is
-tearing at the logs.”</p>
-
-<p>A scraping sound emanated from the outside
-as Will spoke.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, and the wolf is reaching the top.
-Oh, Will, we are lost! Look!”</p>
-
-<p>Over the edge of the roof a dark form
-climbed, plainly visible against the sky.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s no wolf, Tom,” said Will, quickly.</p>
-
-<p>“What, then?”</p>
-
-<p>“A man. Don’t you see? Some belated
-traveler like ourselves.”</p>
-
-<p>There was no doubt of Will’s statement,
-for the form climbed astride the roof pole,
-and, as the howling of the wolves sounded
-below him, shook his fist in their direction.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum">[23]</span></p>
-
-<p>“Ye varmints,” the boys heard him cry,
-“I’ve cheated ye this time; but I guess this is
-the only tavern I’ll see to-night.”</p>
-
-<p>His hat had fallen off in climbing to a
-place of safety, but some object in a box was
-clasped in one hand.</p>
-
-<p>Curious, interested at this new phase
-in the occurrences of the night, the boys
-watched the man silently.</p>
-
-<p>He kept talking down to the snarling
-wolves, seeking vainly to reach him, in a
-quaint, complaining tone.</p>
-
-<p>Then he opened the box, and, to Will’s
-amazement, <a href="#Ref_23">drew forth a violin</a>.</p>
-
-<div id="Ref_23" class="figcenter">
-<img src="images/i23.jpg" alt="" />
-</div>
-
-<p>“Ye didn’t get this, although ye’ve spoiled
-the party at the Corners’ tavern,” he shouted
-at the wolves. “I’ll give ye some music to
-dance to, ye jolly varmints.”</p>
-
-<p>A jolly old person himself seemed the
-refugee, for, without more ado, as if rather
-enjoying his strange dilemma than otherwise,
-he began playing a quick, merry tune on his
-violin.</p>
-
-<p>“Hello!”</p>
-
-<p>As the strains of melody died away, Will
-shouted the word to the musician.</p>
-
-<p>The latter started and stared all around
-him.</p>
-
-<p>“Curious,” he muttered; “I knew music
-tamed animals, but to make ’em speak!
-Why, it’s some one inside the cabin,” he
-cried, in surprise, looking down as Will
-shouted up to him again. “Who are you?”</p>
-
-<p>“Two boys driven here by the storm and
-the wolves.”</p>
-
-<p>“Well, well, if this ain’t a night of adventures
-my name ain’t Jabez Brown,” muttered
-the stranger. “Catch the fiddle, youngsters,
-and don’t let it drop, for it’s my bread and
-butter. I’m coming down.”</p>
-
-<p>He lowered the violin and followed it
-nimbly, staring curiously at his young companions
-in distress.</p>
-
-<p>His big, honest eyes fairly shone in the
-semi-darkness of the hut as he questioned
-Will rapidly, and the latter briefly related
-the causes leading to their present dilemma.</p>
-
-<p>In return, the musician informed them
-that they were in the vicinity of two isolated
-settlements, that he was a schoolmaster and
-musician, and that he was on his way to a
-place called “the Corners,” to play at a party
-at the tavern, when the storm belated him
-and the wolves drove him to the old cabin.</p>
-
-<p>“It ain’t safe to venture out before daylight,”
-he said, “for the storm’s heavy and<span class="pagenum">[24]</span>
-the wolves are as thick as bees. We’ll build
-a fire in the old fireplace yonder and keep
-warm, and I’ve got a little lunch in my
-pocket here.”</p>
-
-<p>The bustling old musician, with the help
-of the boys, made a slanting cover of the
-loose logs in the cabin, and then, with his
-knife, cut some kindling from one of them.</p>
-
-<p>A cheerful fire soon blazed in the fireplace,
-warming the chilled denizens of the
-hut. The stranger’s lunch was very welcome
-to the boys, and his merry stories of
-frontier life kept them entertained until
-nearly morning.</p>
-
-<p>At daylight they started over a trackless
-waste of snow for the Corners. Here the
-boys found some kind-hearted friends of
-Brown, who welcomed them to a cozy home
-until they could decide as to their future
-course.</p>
-
-<p>A discussion of the situation with Brown
-led to an abandonment of the hope of again
-joining Mr. Hunter.</p>
-
-<p>The only settlement they could remember
-where a station had been made, they were
-informed, was many miles to the west,
-through a trackless wilderness.</p>
-
-<p>“We will have to work our way back to
-Watertown,” decided Will, and the ensuing
-day an opportunity presented itself to begin
-their progress homewards.</p>
-
-<p>The storekeeper intended driving to a
-town some fifty miles distant for goods, and
-offered to give them a free ride.</p>
-
-<p>When they reached the place they learned
-that it would be easier for them to reach the
-seacoast and then proceed home than to
-pass through a less inhabited portion direct
-to Watertown.</p>
-
-<p>Four days after leaving the Corners, by
-means of occasional rides from farmers and
-others, they reached the city of Portland.</p>
-
-<p>“We won’t be long in reaching Watertown
-now,” said Will, confidently.</p>
-
-<p>“Why not?” inquired Tom.</p>
-
-<p>“Because there must be some ships going
-that way, and I am acquainted with a good
-many of the sailors.”</p>
-
-<p>The first place he visited was the wharves
-of the city. It was just dusk when they
-came to a dock where a large ship, which
-Will recognized, was moored.</p>
-
-<p>Tom, less observing than his companion,
-had not noticed it particularly.</p>
-
-<p>“There seems to be only one ship we know
-here,” said Will.</p>
-
-<p>“I haven’t seen any.”</p>
-
-<p>“Look yonder, then. That one lying nearest
-to us runs regularly to Watertown.”</p>
-
-<p>Tom started as he recognized the craft,
-and looked dismayed.</p>
-
-<p>For it was the Golden Moose.</p>
-
-
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_XII">CHAPTER XII.<br />
-<span class="cheaderfont">STOWAWAYS.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p>Tom Dalton stood grimly silent for a moment
-or two regarding the ship before him
-as if to satisfy himself that it was indeed
-Captain Morris’ ship.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes,” he said, finally, “it’s the Golden
-Moose.”</p>
-
-<p>“And ready to sail soon, too,” remarked
-Will. “Where are you going, Tom?”</p>
-
-<p>Tom had started to leave the spot.</p>
-
-<p>“To look for another ship.”</p>
-
-<p>“What for?”</p>
-
-<p>“To get back to Watertown, of course.”</p>
-
-<p>“See here, Tom.”</p>
-
-<p>“Well.”</p>
-
-<p>“I doubt if there’s a craft here going to
-Watertown.”</p>
-
-<p>“Then we’ll wait for one,” responded Tom,
-gruffly. “You surely ain’t thinking of the
-Moose?”</p>
-
-<p>“I am. Why not? We have friends aboard.
-There’s the boatswain.”</p>
-
-<p>Tom shook his head persistently.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s no use of talking, Will,” he said.
-“I daren’t trust myself in Captain Morris’
-clutches again. He’d kill me, sure.”</p>
-
-<p>“Nonsense. See here, Tom, the hatches
-are fastened down and the Moose probably
-sails to-night. It’s only a short voyage.”</p>
-
-<p>“Well?”</p>
-
-<p>“There’s a dozen places we could hide
-about the ship.”</p>
-
-<p>“That may be, but&mdash;”</p>
-
-<p>“And Captain Morris may not be aboard
-at all. You know he sometimes gives the
-mate charge of the ship.”</p>
-
-<p>“If I thought that, I’d venture, Will, but
-I’m really afraid of him.”</p>
-
-<p>“Once aboard we’ll hide snug and safe
-until we reach Watertown and then skip
-ashore.”</p>
-
-<p>Tom’s hesitation gave way under Will’s
-arguments, and he said:</p>
-
-<p>“All right. I’ll sort of sneak around the
-ship and see who is aboard.”</p>
-
-<p>Will waited while Tom approached the
-ship.</p>
-
-<p>The latter was gone about ten minutes.</p>
-
-<p>“Well?” asked Will, as he returned to the
-place where he was.</p>
-
-<p>“The coast’s clear.”</p>
-
-<p>“No one aboard?”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, yes; the mate and boatswain and half
-a dozen others are in the cabin.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum">[25]</span></p>
-
-<p>“And the crew?”</p>
-
-<p>“I guess they’re ashore.”</p>
-
-<p>“Did you see Captain Morris?”</p>
-
-<p>“No.”</p>
-
-<p>“Does it look as if they were going to sail
-to-night?”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes; the lanterns are ready for an outward
-trip. Come, now’s our time to steal
-aboard. They’ve been making a lot of
-changes, just as if they were going on a long
-voyage.”</p>
-
-<p>Tom led the way to the ship, and Will followed
-him over the rail to the deck.</p>
-
-<p>“Where shall we hide?” he asked Tom.</p>
-
-<p>“In the forecastle.”</p>
-
-<p>“Won’t we be discovered?”</p>
-
-<p>Tom laughed.</p>
-
-<p>“You must remember I’m at home on the
-Moose,” he said.</p>
-
-<p>A lamp burned dimly in the forecastle,
-and thither Tom led the way. They passed
-a row of bunks, and finally came to a trap
-door, which he opened.</p>
-
-<p>“Are we going in there?” inquired Will,
-peering into the dark aperture.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes.”</p>
-
-<p>“What is it?”</p>
-
-<p>“A sort of storage cubby hole, and it’s
-warm and cozy.”</p>
-
-<p>Both boys found themselves ensconced in
-a low, boarded apartment. Several old mattresses
-afforded a soft couch, and they could
-command a full view of the room through
-which they passed through the cracks in the
-door, which Tom had pulled shut after him.</p>
-
-<p>They had tramped quite a long distance
-that day, and their whispered conversation
-soon subsided, and drowsiness overcame
-them.</p>
-
-<p>Will was the first to awake in the morning.
-From the motion of the ship he knew that
-they were on the ocean. Peering through
-the interstices of the trap door he saw several
-sailors asleep and others coming from and
-going to the deck.</p>
-
-<p>When Tom awoke they discussed the situation
-and decided that by that night or the
-next morning they would reach Watertown.</p>
-
-<p>“I’m getting desperately hungry,” Tom said
-more than once, as the long morning glided
-away.</p>
-
-<p>“We can’t get anything to eat here without
-revealing ourselves,” replied Will.</p>
-
-<p>Tom’s fortitude, however, gave out completely
-before the day was ended.</p>
-
-<p>“I can’t stand it, Will,” he ejaculated at
-last. “I’m fairly dying of hunger and thirst.
-Look, Will, there’s the boatswain.”</p>
-
-<p>Peering through a crack in the door, Will
-saw Jack Marcy enter the place.</p>
-
-<p>He was alone, and the forecastle was deserted
-except for himself.</p>
-
-<p>“Shall I hail him?” he whispered, inquiringly,
-to Tom.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, do, Will. He’ll bring us something
-to eat and drink and won’t betray us.”</p>
-
-<p>Will pushed the door of their place of concealment
-slightly ajar.</p>
-
-<p>“Jack!” he uttered in a distinct but subdued
-tone.</p>
-
-<p>The boatswain, who was arranging a bunk,
-started, and looked bewilderedly around
-him.</p>
-
-<p>“Here, Jack, it’s Tom Dalton and myself,”
-spoke Will, pushing the door clear open.</p>
-
-<p>Jack Marcy came to the spot and stood
-staring in profound amazement at the two
-boyish faces peering out at him.</p>
-
-<p>“Well, well,” was all he could say, in
-dumbfounded amazement.</p>
-
-<p>“Don’t you know us, Jack? It’s Tom Dalton
-and Will Bertram.”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, yes, I know you, but how on earth
-do you come here?” spoke the mystified
-boatswain.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, that’s a long story, Jack. All we’re
-thinking of now is getting back to Watertown,
-and we want something to eat.”</p>
-
-<p>“Where?” cried Jack, wildly.</p>
-
-<p>“To Watertown.”</p>
-
-<p>The old boatswain shook his head gravely.</p>
-
-<p>“You’re on the wrong ship, lads. It will
-be many a long day before you see Watertown.”</p>
-
-<p>“What do you mean?” asked Will, in sudden
-alarm.</p>
-
-<p>“The Moose ain’t going to Watertown at
-all.”</p>
-
-<p>“What! Not going to Watertown?”</p>
-
-<p>“No; she’s provisioned for a two-months’
-ocean trip.”</p>
-
-<p>“And Captain Morris&mdash;&mdash;” quavered Tom,
-appealingly.</p>
-
-<p>“Is in command.”</p>
-
-
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_XIII">CHAPTER XIII.<br />
-<span class="cheaderfont">ON THE OCEAN.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p>Will Bertram uttered a cry of surprise and
-dismay at Jack Marcy’s startling declaration,
-while Tom grew pale and frightened.</p>
-
-<p>“Come out of that place, both of you,” said
-the boatswain. “You might hide away for a
-day or two, but not for two months. Here,
-lads, I’ll find a place where we can talk without
-being interrupted.”</p>
-
-<p>He crossed the forecastle, and, taking a
-key from his pocket, unlocked a door, which,
-opened, revealed a small apartment with a
-little window looking out on the deck.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum">[26]</span></p>
-
-<p>Jack relocked the door, and, pointing to
-some casks, told the boys to be seated.</p>
-
-<p>“We’re safe in the spirit room here,” he
-said. “Now, then, lads, out with your story,
-and let’s hear the worst of it.”</p>
-
-<p>Tom Dalton was too engrossed in his misery,
-as he imagined the blows in store for
-him when he met Captain Morris, to say a
-word.</p>
-
-<p>Will briefly related what had occurred
-since the episode of Tom’s flight from the
-Moose.</p>
-
-<p>Jack Marcy listened with mouth agape.</p>
-
-<p>“Well, you boys deserve to get home, for
-you’re persevering enough, that’s sure,”
-and Jack went on to tell about the change
-in the usual sailing route of the ship.</p>
-
-<p>It seemed that the coast trade had been
-light during the late winter months, and Captain
-Morris had prepared for a voyage to
-Nova Scotia and points farther north.</p>
-
-<p>“I don’t know what he’ll say when he finds
-you’re aboard,” said Jack, dubiously.</p>
-
-<p>“Don’t let him know; oh, please don’t tell
-him,” pleaded Tom, anxiously.</p>
-
-<p>“We can’t very well hide the truth from
-him, lad,” said Jack. “Don’t begin to blubber,
-now, and we’ll think of the easiest way
-to get you out of this fix. You’re hungry, I
-guess; eh, lads?”</p>
-
-<p>Will assented eagerly.</p>
-
-<p>“I’ll get you something to eat and drink,
-and we’ll think the affair over,” said Jack.</p>
-
-<p>He left them and returned in a few minutes
-with the promised food.</p>
-
-<p>Then he relocked the door and left his
-young charges anxious and suspenseful over
-his promised mental consideration of the
-case.</p>
-
-<p>Meantime, events were in progress in the
-cabin of the ship, of which the boys were in
-entire ignorance, but which materially affected
-their welfare.</p>
-
-<p>Captain Morris and his mate had celebrated
-the sailing of the Golden Moose by
-drinking very freely, and immediately after
-the boatswain’s visit to the boys the captain
-had come on deck.</p>
-
-<p>It had been Jack Marcy’s intention to approach
-the Captain on the subject of the
-stowaways.</p>
-
-<p>The Captain’s sullen face and rough manner,
-however, deterred him from carrying
-his plan into operation. Under the influence
-of liquor, Captain Morris was a worse tyrant
-than ever, and he made it uncomfortable for
-all the men he came in contact with by finding
-fault with them or threatening chastisement
-for some alleged dereliction of duty.</p>
-
-<p>Finally his attention was directed to a little
-knot of men gathered on the deck, in the centre
-of which was a pale and excited sailor, who
-was gesticulating violently and pointing to
-the forecastle.</p>
-
-<p>“What’s the row here?” angrily demanded
-the Captain, approaching the men. “What
-are you loitering around here for?”</p>
-
-<p>“Ben Allen has seen a spirit, sir,” spoke up
-one of the men.</p>
-
-<p>“What’s this nonsense? Too much rum, I
-guess,” gruffly replied Morris.</p>
-
-<p>“I did see a spirit, Captain, all the same,”
-seriously answered the sailor named Ben
-Allen.</p>
-
-<p>“Whose?” inquired the Captain, scoffingly.</p>
-
-<p>“The old cabin boy’s, Tom Dalton’s.”</p>
-
-<p>“Where?” he demanded.</p>
-
-<p>“At the little bull’s-eye glass in the forecastle
-spirit room.”</p>
-
-<p>The man’s manner was so earnest that
-Morris looked half convinced.</p>
-
-<p>Jack Marcy had overheard the conversation,
-and looked deeply concerned.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s all up with the boys if the Captain believes
-him,” he muttered.</p>
-
-<p>He at once discerned what had happened.
-Tom Dalton, peering out of the window of
-the spirit room, had been seen by the sailor
-Allen.</p>
-
-<p>“Here, Jack Marcy, where’s the key to the
-spirit room?”</p>
-
-<p>“You ain’t going to pay attention to Allen’s
-nonsense, are you, captain?” asked Jack, with
-assumed carelessness.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, I am. Here, you, Allen, we’ll hunt
-for this spirit that haunts the ship.”</p>
-
-<p>He took the key from Jack’s hand and
-went forthwith into the forecastle.</p>
-
-<p>Will and Tom heard the sound of approaching
-footsteps, but, little dreaming of what had
-transpired on the deck, supposed it was the
-boatswain bent on another visit to them, as
-the key grated in the lock.</p>
-
-<p>The door opened.</p>
-
-<p>Will Bertram stood transfixed, while Tom
-Dalton shrank back with a feeble cry of dread.</p>
-
-<p>For a single moment Captain Morris stood
-rooted to the spot, gazing amazedly at the
-two boys.</p>
-
-<p>“I told you, captain, Tom Dalton was there,”
-muttered Allen.</p>
-
-<p>“But no spirit,” cried Captain Morris, his
-eyes flashing with malice. “Tom Dalton,
-eh? Well, my runaway cabin boy, we’ll now
-attend to the whipping you got out of so
-nicely at Watertown a month ago.”</p>
-
-<p>And seizing the terrified Tom he dragged
-him triumphantly to the deck of the ship.</p>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<p><span class="pagenum">[27]</span></p>
-
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_XIV">CHAPTER XIV.<br />
-<span class="cheaderfont">A FRIEND IN NEED.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p>Land was nowhere in sight, and a chill,
-frosty air swept the deck of the Golden
-Moose as its captain confronted his crew with
-a new surprise.</p>
-
-<p>He vouchsafed no explanation to them of
-his discovery of the boys, nor did he exhibit
-at first any curiosity as to how the stowaways
-had come aboard.</p>
-
-<p>It seemed to be enough to him to know
-that the former object of his hatred and
-spite, Tom Dalton, was once more in his
-power.</p>
-
-<p>Will Bertram had followed the Captain
-and Tom to the deck. As Morris flung the
-cabin boy with a violent jerk upon a pile of
-ropes he growled out, viciously:</p>
-
-<p>“You stay there until I get the cat-of-nine-tails
-ready!”</p>
-
-<p>Poor Tom crouched and cowered and hid
-his face in his hands, uttering moans of despair
-and terror.</p>
-
-<p>Will grew sick at heart as he contemplated
-the brutal visage of the half-drunken Morris.</p>
-
-<p>He summoned all his courage and boldness,
-however, and ventured to address him.</p>
-
-<p>“Captain Morris, can I speak a word to
-you?”</p>
-
-<p>Morris turned with a sneering snarl.</p>
-
-<p>“Ah, my young friend, how humble we
-are! Our tone ain’t quite as defiant as it
-was!”</p>
-
-<p>“I want to speak to you about Tom, sir.”</p>
-
-<p>“We’ll clip his wings, and yours, too, before
-this voyage is ended. You got him to
-run away. I told you I’d get even with you,
-and you’ll soon find out how well I keep my
-word.”</p>
-
-<p>“Captain Morris,” said Will, earnestly,
-“you have no right to abuse that boy, and
-you don’t dare to whip me!”</p>
-
-<p>Captain Morris terminated Will’s appeal
-by going below and reappearing a minute
-later.</p>
-
-<p>The dreaded instrument of torture, the
-cat-of-nine-tails, was in his grasp.</p>
-
-<p>His big, brawny hand seized Tom’s jacket
-and fairly tore it from his back.</p>
-
-<p>He did not wait to have his victim tied up,
-but began slashing at the poor cabin boy
-with fiendish satisfaction in his evil face.</p>
-
-<p>“Take that, and that. Ah! you squirm, do
-you!”</p>
-
-<p>“You coward!”</p>
-
-<p>As blow after blow was rained on the
-shoulders and body of the screaming Tom,
-his companion could not restrain his indignation,
-and applied the censuring words to
-Morris.</p>
-
-<p>The latter turned.</p>
-
-<p>“I’ll see if this ship is to be run by boys
-any longer!” he yelled, choking with rage.</p>
-
-<p>The whip came down across Will’s form
-with a violence that fairly took his breath
-away.</p>
-
-<p>He gasped out wildly from the pain inflicted
-by the cutting strokes.</p>
-
-<p>Suddenly there was an interruption. A
-hand stronger than that of the Captain
-clutched the descending whip.</p>
-
-<p>“Don’t strike that boy again, Captain Morris!”</p>
-
-<p>Jack Marcy had stepped forward, and it
-was he who now spoke.</p>
-
-<p>The Captain directed one amazed glance at
-him, dumbfounded at the first evidence of
-rebellion he had ever seen on board the
-Golden Moose.</p>
-
-<p>“What do you mean?” he demanded, red
-with anger.</p>
-
-<p>“You ain’t treating these boys right, Captain;
-that’s what I mean,” said Jack, steadily.
-“Don’t strike them again.”</p>
-
-<p>“Stand aside!”</p>
-
-<p>“I won’t do it, Captain. You ain’t yourself,
-or you wouldn’t act this way.”</p>
-
-<p>The Captain struggled to get his hands
-free, but Jack held him firmly.</p>
-
-<p>“Mutiny!” he roared. “Here,” to the crew,
-“seize this man and lock him up below.”</p>
-
-<p>Not a sailor stirred to interfere or relieve
-the Captain from his dilemma.</p>
-
-<p>“Do you hear me?” raved Morris, finally
-wrenching his hands free. “Well, then, I’ll
-trounce the whole of you, beginning with
-you, my mutinous boatswain!”</p>
-
-<p>He struck at Jack Marcy. The blow was
-not repeated.</p>
-
-<p>Without an indication of anger on his
-bronzed face, but with a quick step forward,
-the boatswain lifted his fist and deliberately
-knocked the Captain down.</p>
-
-<p>Captain Morris arose to his feet with blood
-in his eye.</p>
-
-<p>“Do you know what you’ve done, you
-mutinous scoundrel?” he yelled. “Oh, my
-hearty, you’ll pay dearly for this! To the
-forecastle! You are no longer an officer on
-this ship! As to these boys, put them to
-work,” he ordered to the mate; “and give
-them plenty of it, and the hardest kind at
-that!”</p>
-
-<p>Jack Marcy walked up to the Captain and
-looked him squarely in the eye.</p>
-
-<p>“Captain Morris,” he said, “you’ve relieved
-me of duty on the ship, well and good; but<span class="pagenum">[28]</span>
-you leave those boys alone. It ain’t in my
-nature to see them abused, and I won’t, and
-there ain’t a man here that don’t stand by
-me. I’ve sailed with you a long time and
-did my duty, but I’m through now. You can
-send me home on a passing ship or land me
-ashore for mutiny, just as you like. You
-and I part company this voyage, and that’s
-the end of it.”</p>
-
-<p>The Captain’s brow darkened.</p>
-
-<p>“I will have you tried for mutiny!” he
-cried. “As to those boys, they’ll work their
-passage, I’ll guarantee.”</p>
-
-<p>Captain Morris did not boast vainly. That
-day and for many days following, Will and
-Tom were put at the severest drudgery.</p>
-
-<p>Jack Marcy’s position had been given to
-one of the sailors and he himself relieved
-from duty.</p>
-
-<p>Captain Morris did not again exercise any
-positive cruelty against the boys, but saw
-that they did not idle their time away.</p>
-
-<p>He and the mate seemed to be continually
-holding mysterious conversations, and more
-than once the crew discussed the strange
-course of the ship.</p>
-
-<p>“We seem to be ocean bound,” Will overheard
-one of them say one day, “with no
-definite port in view.”</p>
-
-<p>“He’s going to touch at Nova Scotia and
-points north, I hear,” remarked another
-sailor.</p>
-
-<p>One dark night an event occurred which
-threw some light on the Captain’s action.</p>
-
-<p>Will had been cleaning the lamps in the
-forward cabin. The weather had been squally
-all day, and had developed into a positive
-storm at night.</p>
-
-<p>More than once the boatswain had come to
-the cabin where the captain and mate were,
-asking for orders, as the ship seemed in positive
-danger.</p>
-
-<p>The mate went on deck several times, but
-would return almost immediately, and he and
-the Captain would resume their confidential
-talk, drinking freely from a bottle of liquor
-on the table, in the inner cabin.</p>
-
-<p>They paid no attention to Will, who was in
-the next compartment to the one they occupied,
-but they started and looked up, and Will
-himself aroused curiously as a form came
-into the cabin and boldly entered on the privacy
-of the captain and the mate.</p>
-
-<p>It was Jack Marcy, and his face was grim
-and uncompromising as he faced his superior
-officers.</p>
-
-<p>Captain Morris scowled darkly.</p>
-
-<p>“What do you want here?” he demanded,
-gruffly.</p>
-
-<p>“I want to talk with you about this ship.
-The crew are getting uneasy. They say she
-is suffering from stress of weather, and that
-the commanding officers are not doing their
-duty.”</p>
-
-<p>“What’s that of your business? You are no
-longer an officer on the ship.”</p>
-
-<p>“Maybe not, Captain Morris, but I happen
-to know what the men do not. There’s a
-leak in the hold, and you two are plotting to
-sink the ship.”</p>
-
-<p>Captain Morris sprang to his feet wildly.</p>
-
-<p>“Are you mad, to make such a statement?”
-he cried.</p>
-
-<p>“No,” replied Jack, calmly. “I know what
-I’m talking about. When you left Portland
-the Golden Moose was heavily insured and
-charged with a cargo she never carried. I
-accuse you, Captain Morris, and your mate,
-with trying to sink the ship in mid-ocean to
-get that insurance money!”</p>
-
-
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_XV">CHAPTER XV.<br />
-<span class="cheaderfont">THE WRECK.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p>Captain Morris’ face underwent a variety
-of startling changes at the bold assertion of
-Jack Marcy.</p>
-
-<p>Will Bertram could see them by the lamplight
-through the open door of the inner
-cabin, and was amazed at the bold charge the
-boatswain had made.</p>
-
-<p>“Do you know what you are saying?” began
-the Captain.</p>
-
-<p>“Perfectly. The ship is in danger.”</p>
-
-<p>“We can’t help that.”</p>
-
-<p>“And aleak.”</p>
-
-<p>“Then it must be attended to.”</p>
-
-<p>“You are right, Captain Morris, and if you
-and your mate do not immediately set about
-repairing your evil work I will tell the crew
-all.”</p>
-
-<p>Morris’ usually red face had grown very
-pale.</p>
-
-<p>“You say there is a leak?” he said, after a
-pause.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes.”</p>
-
-<p>“Where?”</p>
-
-<p>“In the hold, where you and your mate
-were two hours since, and where I overheard
-your plot to sink the ship and trust to the
-long-boat to get ashore.”</p>
-
-<p>“And you imagine the crew would believe
-this story if you told it to them?”</p>
-
-<p>“I do if I added some further information
-I have obtained.”</p>
-
-<p>“What is that?”</p>
-
-<p>“The real fate of the crew of the Albatross.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum">[29]</span></p>
-
-<p>At these words a horrible pallor crossed
-Morris’ face.</p>
-
-<p>There was a crash, and the light in the
-cabin went suddenly out.</p>
-
-<p>A heavy blow seemed struck, and then the
-mate’s voice fell on Will’s hearing:</p>
-
-<p>“He knows too much, Captain.”</p>
-
-<p>“For our safety, yes. Ha! what’s that?”</p>
-
-<p>There was a violent lurch of the ship as
-the Captain spoke.</p>
-
-<p>The next moment he and the mate rushed
-past Will to the deck.</p>
-
-<p>The latter, alarmed at the wild tossing of
-the ship, followed them.</p>
-
-<p>The deck of the <a id="Ref_32a" href="#Ref_32">Golden Moose</a> was a scene
-of indescribable confusion.</p>
-
-<div id="Ref_32" class="figcenter">
-<img src="images/i32.jpg" alt="" />
-<div class="caption"><p class="center"><a href="#Ref_32a">THE GOLDEN MOOSE</a>.</p></div>
-</div>
-
-<p>The skies were of inky blackness, the
-sea lashed into a mad fury by a terrific gale.</p>
-
-<p>It is doubtful if the captain and the mate
-anticipated such a tempest, for, as the new
-boatswain announced that the ship was becoming
-water-logged, both men seemed terribly
-frightened.</p>
-
-<p>Each moment the condition of the ship
-became worse. It tossed in the trough of
-the sea and then on the crest of the waves.</p>
-
-<p>Tom Dalton, pale and excited, had reached
-Will Bertram’s side, and both clung to a rope
-to escape being swept off the deck.</p>
-
-<p>“We shall all go down,” quavered Tom.
-“See, Will, they are pulling off the long-boat.”</p>
-
-<p>“And Jack Marcy is below. Follow me,
-Tom. The captain and mate intend leaving
-him behind.”</p>
-
-<p>Both boys hurried into the cabin. Will
-groped his way to the inner compartment.</p>
-
-<p>It was locked!</p>
-
-<p>He had no thought now of personal safety,
-but, suspenseful for the rescue of their
-staunch friend, bade Tom help him.</p>
-
-<p>Together they endeavored to force the
-locked door. Will beat at it with a chair,
-kicked at it, flung his body against it.</p>
-
-<p>The door gave way at last.</p>
-
-<p>“Jack! Jack!” he cried, groping his way
-about blindly in the darkness.</p>
-
-<p>A lurch of the ship sent him to one side of
-the cabin.</p>
-
-<p>As he fell his hand came in contact with a
-prostrate form.</p>
-
-<p>“It is Jack, and he is insensible,” he murmured,
-concernedly. “Tom! Tom!”</p>
-
-<p>“I’m here, Will.”</p>
-
-<p>“Hurry on deck.”</p>
-
-<p>“What for?”</p>
-
-<p>“To tell the crew that Jack Marcy is lying
-here helpless and in peril.”</p>
-
-<p>“How did he come here?” asked Tom,
-curiously.</p>
-
-<p>“Never mind now. The captain and mate
-locked him in. Quick, tell the men.”</p>
-
-<p>Tom disappeared.</p>
-
-<p>A minute later he came rushing down
-wildly.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, Will! Will!” he cried, frantically.</p>
-
-<p>“What has happened?”</p>
-
-<p>“We are left behind. The captain and the
-crew have left in the long-boat, and have deserted
-the ship.”</p>
-
-
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_XVI">CHAPTER XVI.<br />
-<span class="cheaderfont">THE WRECK.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p>Will Bertram was utterly overwhelmed at
-the intelligence conveyed by Tom’s announcement
-of the condition of affairs on
-the deck of the Golden Moose.</p>
-
-<p>For some moments he did not speak. The
-peril of their situation stunned him completely.</p>
-
-<p>“They could not have been so cowardly, so
-inhuman,” he murmured.</p>
-
-<p>“Maybe the men didn’t miss us in the excitement,
-and the Captain wanted to leave us
-behind,” remarked Tom.</p>
-
-<p>Will groped his way to a place where a
-lamp was fastened to the wall and lit it.</p>
-
-<p>Its rays showed the boatswain, insensible
-on the floor. Will leaned over him and
-shook him gently.</p>
-
-<p>In a few moments he had the satisfaction
-of seeing him move, open his eyes and stare
-bewilderedly around him.</p>
-
-<p>“Why, what’s happened? Oh, I remember&mdash;the
-captain and the mate. They knocked
-me insensible. Where are they?”</p>
-
-<p>“Gone.”</p>
-
-<p>“Gone&mdash;where?”</p>
-
-<p>“They locked you in and left the ship in
-the long-boat;” and Will related what had
-occurred.</p>
-
-<p>“The scoundrels!” ejaculated the boatswain.
-“Stay here, my lads, for the ship’s
-tossing at a terrible rate, and it ain’t safe for
-you to go on deck.”</p>
-
-<p>The practiced eye of the old sailor took in
-the peculiar position of the ship at a glance.</p>
-
-<p>One of the masts was broken, and whole
-parts of the deck had been swept away. The
-forward part of the ship dipped low, as
-though disabled, and its course was erratic
-and unguided by rudder or sails.</p>
-
-<p>Amid the darkness there was no sight of
-the long-boat.</p>
-
-<p>“You’re right, lads,” said the old tar, returning
-to the cabin. “The ship is deserted
-and at the mercy of the storm&mdash;and a bad
-storm it is.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum">[30]</span></p>
-
-<p>As he spoke, a gigantic wave swept over
-the deck and into the cabin.</p>
-
-<p>“We’ll get out of here as soon as we can.
-No whimpering, Tom. With common sense
-and courage we may be saved yet.”</p>
-
-<p>Jack ransacked several nooks in the cabin
-and brought to view several old coats made
-of tarpaulin cloth. In these, as a protection
-against the rain and waves, the trio encased
-themselves.</p>
-
-<p>Then the boatswain tied a strong rope
-around his waist and bade his fellow-companions
-in peril do the same.</p>
-
-<p>“Now, keep close to me,” he said.</p>
-
-<p>He climbed to the deck, the boys following
-him. It was well that he took the precautions
-he did, for the first wave swept Will
-and Tom off their feet.</p>
-
-<p>Jack clung to the wheel, toward which he
-with difficulty made his way.</p>
-
-<p>His companions crouched at his feet, awed
-and frightened at the wildness of the storm.</p>
-
-<p>“The boat may weather the storm yet, leaking
-as she is,” remarked Jack.</p>
-
-<p>“But if not?”</p>
-
-<p>“Then we must trust to the small boat
-those scoundrels have left behind. Hold fast,
-lads. A light!”</p>
-
-<p>Old Jack strained his vision to pierce the
-darkness.</p>
-
-<p>“I certainly saw a light,” he repeated,
-anxiously; “there it is ahead, directly in our
-course, and bearing down on us.”</p>
-
-<p>“Is it land?” queried Tom.</p>
-
-<p>“No; we are hundreds of miles from land.</p>
-
-<p>“It is probably a ship in distress, like
-ourselves. It’s coming nearer, and our
-lantern is swept out. Steady, lads, for a
-crash is coming.”</p>
-
-<p>One single speck of light relieved the
-gloom of the scene. The excited boys could
-make it out coming nearer and nearer.</p>
-
-<p>It shadowed out dimly the outlines of a
-large ship, and then&mdash;&mdash;</p>
-
-<p>A crash that sent a shock through their
-frames sounded above the frightful roar of
-the tempest.</p>
-
-<p>The timbers started beneath their feet;
-Jack’s hold was torn from the wheel, and the
-trio were flung indiscriminately across the
-deck.</p>
-
-<p>The ship that had collided with them had
-passed on or sunk, they knew not which.
-Their own desperate situation called for
-immediate action.</p>
-
-<p>“We’re sinking, lads. It’s the boat, now,
-or certain death by drowning.”</p>
-
-<p>But the boat had been swept away. Old
-Jack uttered a cry of dismay.</p>
-
-<p>The water was up to their waists now, and
-various movable objects were floating about
-as if on the surface of the sea itself.</p>
-
-<p>“Cling to this, lads,” shouted Jack, as a
-wooden grating that had been near the forecastle
-drifted before them.</p>
-
-<p>They obeyed him just in time, for a gigantic
-wave enveloped the deck and swept the
-ship from beneath them.</p>
-
-<p>Clinging to the grating they were flung
-upon the boiling waters about them.</p>
-
-<p>“She’s gone down,” they heard Jack’s voice
-say. “It is a matter of endurance now.”</p>
-
-<p>Tom was half fainting with terror, while
-Will, chilled and benumbed, blindly, hopelessly
-clung to the frail craft.</p>
-
-<p>At the mercy of the waves, it drifted to
-and fro, now on the crest of the waves, now
-in the trough of the sea, always half submerged,
-the salt sea-water blinding and choking
-the three voyagers.</p>
-
-<p>It was an awful experience for the imperiled
-trio. Only the staunch, encouraging
-words of Jack Marcy, ringing above the
-tempest, kept them from utterly succumbing
-to the terrors of their situation.</p>
-
-<p>At last&mdash;it seemed after many hours&mdash;the
-storm subsided. A calm stole over the wild
-waters and faint daylight began to creep over
-the scene.</p>
-
-<p>A dusky gray in the far horizon was succeeded
-by a flush of ruddy hue. Darkness
-faded at last, and a great golden globe of
-fire shone over the dreary scene.</p>
-
-<p>Far as the eye could reach was water,
-unbroken, monotonous.</p>
-
-<p>The old boatswain’s eye scanned the bleak
-expanse searchingly.</p>
-
-<p>He saw what the boys had not noticed.
-His face was eager and hopeful as he fixed
-his glance toward the rising sun.</p>
-
-<p>Then he announced in thrilling tones:</p>
-
-<p>“A sail!”</p>
-
-
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_XVII">CHAPTER XVII.<br />
-<span class="cheaderfont">THE RAFT.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p>The words of the old boatswain infused
-new hope and courage into the drooping
-hearts of the two boys.</p>
-
-<p>They had been enabled, when the waters
-grew calm, to creep upon the grating, but
-they were so chilled and exhausted that they
-were only conscious of suffering and misery.</p>
-
-<p>Both looked eagerly in the direction where
-Jack’s glance was fixed.</p>
-
-<p>“I don’t see anything, Jack,” said Will.</p>
-
-<p>“The sun blinds your eyes, lad, and the
-salt water makes them weak. It’s a sail, and
-it’s drifting this way.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum">[31]</span></p>
-
-<p>And a few minutes later the boatswain reported:</p>
-
-<p>“A raft&mdash;two people on it! Do you see it
-now?”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, plainly!” cried Will, in excited
-tones. “Oh, Jack, will they see us?”</p>
-
-<p>Some distance away, on the surface of the
-waters, could plainly be made out a floating
-object resembling a raft.</p>
-
-<p>A single pole with a piece of sail was fixed
-upon it, while two forms, apparently human
-beings, sat on the raft.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s bearing our way. Now, then, lads,
-yell your loudest.”</p>
-
-<p>While the boys obeyed the boatswain and
-shouted vigorously, Jack broke a bar of the
-wooden grating, tied a handkerchief to its
-end, and, maintaining a standing position with
-difficulty, waved the signal wildly.</p>
-
-<p>“They see us!” cried Jack, excitedly.
-“They are setting the sail to come this way!
-Ahoy! ahoy!”</p>
-
-<p>Amid his excitement, the boatswain nearly
-fell into the water. A minute later the raft
-came towards them. It touched the side of
-the grating, and a hearty voice cried out:</p>
-
-<p>“Messmates in distress, welcome!”</p>
-
-<p>The occupants of the raft were two&mdash;a boy
-and a man. The dress of the latter indicated
-him to be a sailor. He was about Jack’s age.</p>
-
-<p>His companion was a boy, a year or two
-older than Will and Tom. His pallor showed
-that he had suffered from exposure to the
-storm, but his eye brightened as he assisted
-the boys to clamber on the raft.</p>
-
-<p>It was a strong, substantial craft, made of
-stout timbers, covered with a gangway top,
-and lashed together with stout ropes.</p>
-
-<p>Old Jack secured the grating to the end of
-the raft with a rope, and then turned to the
-sailor in charge of it.</p>
-
-<p>There was a gleam of curiosity in the
-eyes of the latter as he surveyed Jack’s
-dripping form.</p>
-
-<p>“Well, mate,” he said, “you seem to have
-been cruising on a frail craft?”</p>
-
-<p>“Since last night, yes.”</p>
-
-<p>“Shipped from&mdash;&mdash;”</p>
-
-<p>“Portland, on the Golden Moose, and sunk
-in midocean a few hours since. And you?”</p>
-
-<p>“Hugo Arnold, second mate of the merchantman
-Liverpool, bound for Philadelphia,
-and went down, disabled in a collision with
-an unknown ship.”</p>
-
-<p>“When?”</p>
-
-<p>“Last night.”</p>
-
-<p>A few words of interrogation and reply
-showed that the ship which had hastened the
-sinking of the Moose was the Liverpool.</p>
-
-<p>“The crew and the passengers all got off&mdash;some
-in the long-boats, some on rafts. This
-one we fixed up quickly, but three others on
-it abandoned us and swam after the boats.”</p>
-
-<p>“And you’ve been on the water since?”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes. We saw your signal, and are mighty
-glad of company. We took one precaution,”
-and the old sailor pointed to a cask and a
-box. “Drink and food,” he remarked.</p>
-
-<p>Never did food have a more welcome taste
-to Will and Tom than the hard ship’s biscuit
-they were proffered.</p>
-
-<p>They learned that the Liverpool had come
-from Germany with a large cargo, and that
-the mate’s companion was a student of a
-German university, returning to his home in
-Boston.</p>
-
-<p>His name was Willis Moore, and the boys
-soon struck up a genial acquaintanceship.</p>
-
-<p>The two old sailors indulged in a long confidential
-conversation while the boys were
-discussing the situation among themselves.</p>
-
-<p>They were experienced sailors, and their
-general knowledge of the ocean enabled
-them to very clearly estimate their probable
-location.</p>
-
-<p>“We cannot have floated far out of the
-course of ships,” said Jack. “The storm has
-gone down, and if we can keep afloat for a few
-days we will probably be picked up by some
-passing craft.”</p>
-
-<p>Except for the keen wind, the rescued
-Will and Tom did not suffer on the craft.
-There was sufficient to eat and drink for
-some time, and, after their dreadful experience
-on the Moose and the grating, they
-were insensible to minor discomforts.</p>
-
-<p>There was a shade of anxiety cast over the
-forlorn group of voyagers as the days and
-nights wore on, however.</p>
-
-<p>For two days passed and there was no indication
-of a ship. The sail rudely improvised
-was not of much use, and, as they had
-lost all accurate bearings, the raft had been
-allowed to drift at its will.</p>
-
-<p>“We’ll set a watch to-night,” said Jack,
-that evening. “It looks as if we might have a
-storm before evening. Now, Hugo, you
-and the boys turn in and I’ll take the lookout
-for half the night.”</p>
-
-<p>It must have been on towards midnight
-when Will awoke to feel the rain beating on
-his face.</p>
-
-<p>The wind, too, was blowing, and he aroused
-himself as he remembered Jack’s prediction
-of the storm, and he noticed a slight ruddy
-glow on the waters near the raft.</p>
-
-<p>He discerned the cause of the strange illumination
-as he hurried to where Jack was.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum">[33]</span></p>
-
-<p>The boatswain was at the extreme windward
-end of the raft. Before him, on the
-bottom of the raft, a small fire flashed and
-spluttered.</p>
-
-<p>He had emptied the water out from the
-cask, knocked in the head, and then, breaking
-up the box that held the biscuits, had built a
-fire with the wood inside the cask.</p>
-
-<p>This he kept feeding continuously with
-bits of the wood.</p>
-
-<p>Will crept to his side and spoke his name.</p>
-
-<p>The boatswain did not speak until he had
-drawn the grating in tow upon the raft, and,
-breaking a piece of wood from it, placed it in
-the cask.</p>
-
-<p>“Don’t wake the others up,” said Jack, in
-a low, hurried tone, that had a shade of excitement
-quite unusual to the old sailor.</p>
-
-<p>“What is it, Jack,&mdash;the cask&mdash;the fire?”</p>
-
-<p>“A light&mdash;some ship, sure,” replied the
-boatswain, pointing into the darkness.</p>
-
-<p>“Did you see it?”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes; it comes and goes yonder. I keep
-the open end of the cask in that direction,
-and if they see the light we may be rescued.”</p>
-
-<p>“But you’ve thrown away the water, and if
-we shouldn’t be seen?”</p>
-
-<p>“It’s raining. We can get plenty more.”</p>
-
-<p>Jack kept feeding the fire with broken
-pieces of the grating. The open end of the
-cask gave the light quite a focus; but Will,
-scanning the horizon, could see no indication
-of the light Jack claimed to have discovered.</p>
-
-<p>The cask itself had begun to burn and
-would soon fall in and no longer confine the
-fire.</p>
-
-<p>In the glare Jack’s face looked seriously
-disappointed.</p>
-
-<p>“The light I saw is gone, sure. The ship
-may have turned so we can’t see it.”</p>
-
-<p>“Maybe it was a star.”</p>
-
-<p>“No, no. Ahoy! ahoy! Look, lad; we’re
-almost upon them.”</p>
-
-<p>The wild call of the boatswain aroused the
-remaining sleeping occupants of the raft.</p>
-
-<p>Only a short distance ahead of them a
-ship’s light could be seen, and the outlines of
-the ship itself made out.</p>
-
-<p>Evidently Jack had been looking in the
-wrong direction for it. He redoubled his
-cries and piled the wood on the fire, which,
-fanned by the breeze, threatened to set the entire
-raft in flames.</p>
-
-<p>“Ahoy!”</p>
-
-<p>The responsive call came near at hand. A
-yawl, manned by several sailors, drove directly
-into the raft.</p>
-
-<p>Their signal had been heard! They were
-rescued!</p>
-
-<p>Ten minutes later, as the boys and sailors
-clambered upon the deck of a stately ship to
-which the yawl had conveyed them, they
-could see the burning raft, a diminishing
-speck of light, in the far distance.</p>
-
-
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_XVIII">CHAPTER XVIII.<br />
-<span class="cheaderfont">ON BOARD THE WHALER.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p>It did not take long for the excited party
-to learn that the ship, which now offered
-them a comfortable temporary home, was the
-Arctic, Captain John Smith, of Bedford.</p>
-
-<p>The rescued party were immediately taken
-into the captain’s cabin, and for over an hour
-questioned as to their past adventures.</p>
-
-<p>Jack Marcy concealed the fact of Captain
-Morris’ plot to sink the Golden Moose with
-a grim resolution that, when he once more
-reached Portland, the truth should be made
-known.</p>
-
-<p>Inquiry from Captain Smith revealed the
-fact that the Arctic was a whaler fully rigged
-for a cruise to the far North.</p>
-
-<p>The castaways were cared for and treated
-with kindly consideration, and the next
-morning the Captain said to Jack Marcy:</p>
-
-<p>“We cannot change our course to get you
-ashore, boatswain.”</p>
-
-<p>“We could not expect that, sir.”</p>
-
-<p>“But should we meet a returning vessel?”</p>
-
-<p>“’Taint likely at this season of the year.”</p>
-
-<p>“No, not so early. Still, we make a landing
-five days ahead, with favorable weather, and
-you can go ashore and wait for a ship going
-back.”</p>
-
-<p>“All right, Captain.”</p>
-
-<p>“Or, if you and Hugo want to ship with us?
-We’re short-handed.”</p>
-
-<p>Jack considered deeply.</p>
-
-<p>“There’s the lads, sir.”</p>
-
-<p>“We might make them useful, and, with a
-successful voyage, they might get home almost
-as soon as waiting for a ship at our last
-landing station.”</p>
-
-<p>“I’ll think it over, sir,” said Jack. “Meantime,
-make us useful around the ship.”</p>
-
-<p>The boys were delighted with the Arctic,
-and the arrangements made for the capture
-of whales and the securing of oil fairly fascinated
-them.</p>
-
-<p>Were it not for thoughts of anxious friends
-at home Will Bertram would have been glad
-to accompany the Arctic on her voyage.</p>
-
-<p>Circumstances prevented their stopping at
-the landing place Captain Smith had spoken
-of. A storm drove the ship out of its course,
-and without passing a single ship, two weeks
-after picking up the sailors and the boys the<span class="pagenum">[34]</span>
-captain assigned them to duties on the ship.</p>
-
-<p>“You’ll have to stay with the Arctic till she
-returns, now,” he said, “and you might find
-less comfortable quarters.”</p>
-
-<p>Jack and Hugo were easily provided for,
-and the boys were given light duties to perform.
-The variety and excitement of the
-voyage made time pass pleasantly, and they
-resigned themselves to the inevitable when
-they learned that their return home was a
-matter of the far future.</p>
-
-<p>“We’ve crossed the line of the whale hunting
-grounds, and you may expect to see some
-sport,” said old Jack one day.</p>
-
-<p>His prediction was verified soon afterwards.
-The Arctic had been sailing into
-lower temperatures, and one morning, after
-passing several large masses of ice, was put in
-order for a whale catch.</p>
-
-<p>The boats and harpoons were got ready,
-and about noon the man on watch sang out
-the cry so familiar to old whalers,</p>
-
-<p>“Ahoy! There she blows!”</p>
-
-<p>Immediately the deck was a scene of
-action. Two boats were lowered, and the
-men piled into them indiscriminately.</p>
-
-<p>Old Jack had arranged with the Captain
-to take part in the capture, and, to Will’s delight,
-found a place for him by his side in
-one of the boats.</p>
-
-<p>A mile or more to the south every eye had
-noticed a volume of water spurted into the
-air, the signal of the location of the whale.</p>
-
-<p>There was a brisk rivalry between the two
-boats to reach the whale first. The monster
-they were in pursuit of had disappeared beneath
-the surface of the water, but became
-visible at times again, and the boats were
-rapidly nearing its vicinity.</p>
-
-<p>The boat Jack and Will were in was commanded
-by the mate of the Arctic and soon
-gained a lead on the other boat.</p>
-
-<p>At last they came so near to the whale that
-one of the sailors stood, with harpoon poised,
-ready to strike at the proper moment.</p>
-
-<p>Will, watching with profound interest, saw
-the harpoon fly forward. It became lodged
-in the body of the whale. Then there was a
-quick jerk, and the monster disappeared beneath
-the waves, the blood from its wound
-dyeing the water a bright red.</p>
-
-<p>The rope attached to the harpoon that had
-struck the whale was wound round a stout
-reel in the boat, and this began to go out so
-rapidly that it seemed as if it would saw itself
-in two whenever it touched the edge of
-the boat.</p>
-
-<p>The whale after diving deep came up
-again to the surface of the water and began
-running at a terrible rate of speed.</p>
-
-<p>“The reel’s out,” cried a sailor.</p>
-
-<p>The oars were drawn in now and the boat
-abandoned entirely to the caprice of the
-whale.</p>
-
-<p>It was a novel experience for Will&mdash;a ride,
-with the marine monster as a horse.</p>
-
-<p>One of the sailors stood by the reel with a
-hatchet in his hand, uplifted as if ready to
-sever the rope at a moment’s notice.</p>
-
-<p>“What is he waiting for?” Will inquired of
-Jack.</p>
-
-<p>“You see the rope is all played out?”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes.”</p>
-
-<p>“Well, if the whale should dive the boat
-would follow. See there!”</p>
-
-<p>“Cut loose!”</p>
-
-<p>This cry came from the mate, who had
-been watching the whale’s maneuvers.</p>
-
-<p>At the same moment the whale disappeared
-again.</p>
-
-<p>The hatchet descended and cut the rope in
-two.</p>
-
-<p>The men resumed their oars and rowed
-rapidly towards the spot where the whale had
-last been seen.</p>
-
-<p>A second harpoon, with a smaller reel of
-rope, was hastily got ready.</p>
-
-<p>Suddenly there was a commotion directly
-by the side of the boat. The practiced harpooner
-flung the harpoon as the whale came
-up, and then a scene of indescribable confusion
-ensued.</p>
-
-<p>The whale had struck the boat with its
-tail, crushing the boat in which Will sat
-and flinging its occupants high in the air.</p>
-
-<p>Old Jack seized Will as they fell into the
-water, and then caught at a floating piece of
-the boat.</p>
-
-<p>The other sailors swam towards the companion
-boat, which hurried to the scene of
-the disaster and picked up all who were in
-the water.</p>
-
-<p>Half an hour later the Arctic was signalled,
-and came to where the whale lay floating on
-the water, dead from the wounds it had received.</p>
-
-<p>The cutting up of the monster and the securing
-of the oil was an active and interesting
-scene to the boys.</p>
-
-<p>For nearly two weeks the Arctic cruised in
-the vicinity. Several other whales were
-sighted, but evaded capture.</p>
-
-<p>A terrible storm drove them northwards
-soon afterwards. During its prevalence the
-boys were ordered to remain below.</p>
-
-<p>At last one morning the tempest subsided,
-and the boys came on deck.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum">[35]</span></p>
-
-<p>A cry of amazement and delight broke
-from their lips.</p>
-
-<p>The Arctic was sailing onward amid
-fields of floating icebergs.</p>
-
-
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_XIX">CHAPTER XIX.<br />
-<span class="cheaderfont">THE BREAKING ICE.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p>Far as the eye could reach a scene of bewildering
-beauty met the vision of the enchanted
-boys.</p>
-
-<p>To the far south a level field of snow-covered
-ice seemed to reach, while on the
-east and west were towering walls of ice, between
-which an open sheet of water alone
-admitted of the onward progress of the ship.</p>
-
-<p>Except for this glimpse of the sea, everywhere
-was ice and snow.</p>
-
-<p>Will surveyed the scene in mute interest
-for some moments. Then he turned to Jack,
-who stood by his side.</p>
-
-<p>“How did we get here?” he asked.</p>
-
-<p>“Drifted, floated and blew, lad,” replied
-the old boatswain, sententiously. “The storm
-took us along, and we couldn’t help it.”</p>
-
-<p>“And we are still going north?” remarked
-Will.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, lad; because the ice has closed
-around us behind. Our hope is of striking
-the open sea somewhere and getting back to
-our old bearings.”</p>
-
-<p>“And if we don’t, Jack?”</p>
-
-<p>“Then we’ll have to lay up alongside some
-iceberg till the snow melts.”</p>
-
-<p>That day and the ensuing one the ship
-made but little progress, and with difficulty
-several times evaded being crushed in the ice.</p>
-
-<p>The Arctic experienced all the perils of the
-frozen deep. Ice floes closing in on it, or the
-toppling of some immense iceberg, more
-than once threatened the safety of the ship
-and the crew.</p>
-
-<p>An incident of excitement and enjoyment
-occurred the third day in the ice fields. A
-ship&mdash;a whaler&mdash;was met, like the Arctic
-seeking the open sea, and courtesies were
-exchanged, and the monotony of ocean solitude
-broken in upon.</p>
-
-<p>That same night, however, the ships lost
-one another. A transient thaw set in, and
-the ensuing morning the Arctic was driving
-ahead through a narrow water-way, with
-temperature that frosted everything on deck
-and warned the crew to prepare for an icy
-experience.</p>
-
-<p>The Arctic was well provided with the
-necessary clothing to protect its crew from
-the cold. Wrapped in thick coats, even to
-the boys, they were enabled to face the icy
-blast, which each hour grew more intense.</p>
-
-<p>One morning the ship came to a stop.
-During the night the water-way had frozen
-up, and they were unable to proceed farther.
-Captain Smith made a calculation of the locality,
-and announced to the crew that night
-that it was probable that they would be compelled
-to stay where they were for some time
-to come.</p>
-
-<p>“When the ice melts or breaks we may be
-able to reach the open sea again, but for the
-present we will go into winter quarters.”</p>
-
-<p>They cut a course for the ship to the shelter
-of a slanting iceberg, and then the deck
-was lightly boarded over. The cabins and
-forecastle were made snug and warm, and a
-monotonous, but not unpleasant, life began
-for the ice-imprisoned crew.</p>
-
-<p>Occasionally an expedition would venture
-out in quest of game or to explore the
-neighboring country, but the intense cold
-made the sailors chary of these wanderings.</p>
-
-<p>One afternoon an event occurred which led
-to serious consequences for the boys.</p>
-
-<p>The sailors had made a large sled, and a
-run across the ice fields in quest of a white
-bear that had been seen prowling in the
-vicinity, was suggested.</p>
-
-<p>At Jack Marcy’s solicitation and pledge of
-careful guardianship, the three boys were
-allowed to join the party.</p>
-
-<p>“Don’t go far,” the captain had said, as the
-party of twelve left the ship. “All last night
-I heard distant rumblings, as though the
-ice was breaking up around us. It comes
-quick when it starts.”</p>
-
-<p>The party were provided with guns and
-other weapons, for use in case either bears or
-seals were found, and started off across the
-ice, dragging the sled.</p>
-
-<p>When they reached a spot where the
-larger icebergs prevented the free progress of
-the sled, the discovery of some bear tracks
-caused them to separate.</p>
-
-<p>It was arranged that Jack, Hugo and the
-boys should remain in charge of the sled,
-while the seven sailors set off in quest of the
-bear.</p>
-
-<p>Soon, however, the boys grew tired of remaining
-in one spot, and, while Jack and
-Hugo were engaged in conversation, set off
-on a brief exploration on their own account.</p>
-
-<p>Scaling this and that berg and exploring
-the ice caves and sliding on the smooth
-plains, they wandered farther than they
-thought.</p>
-
-<p>“We must return, boys,” said Will with a<span class="pagenum">[36]</span>
-start, finally. “Why, the sled ain’t in view.”</p>
-
-<p>“We can find our way back by the snow
-marks,” said Tom.</p>
-
-<p>They retraced their way more slowly than
-they had come. As they reached a high
-hummock Tom uttered a loud shout.</p>
-
-<p>“What is it?” inquired Will.</p>
-
-<p>“The ship.”</p>
-
-<p>“Can you see the sled?”</p>
-
-<p>“No; it ain’t in sight. Oh, Will, something
-has happened. Look yonder.”</p>
-
-<p>Will and his companion climbed up to
-where Tom was.</p>
-
-<p>A singular spectacle met the vision of the
-trio as they gazed to the east.</p>
-
-<p>Between them and the open plain over
-which they had come was an uneven ridge of
-hummocks and icebergs shutting out the immediate
-view beyond.</p>
-
-<p>Far to the east, however, could be seen the
-Arctic, and it was upon the ship and the surroundings
-that the eyes of the watching boys
-were riveted.</p>
-
-<p>A strange transformation in the icy scene
-before them was taking place. A series of
-low, crackling sounds were succeeded by loud
-echoes like the reports of a cannon.</p>
-
-<p>Beyond the ship, immense icebergs, the
-moment before fixed to the landscape, suddenly
-trembled, toppled and fell.</p>
-
-<p>As they did so, all the eastern expanse
-seemed to melt into a white, rushing sea,
-moved to and fro in gigantic waves, as if by
-a mighty tempest.</p>
-
-<p>“The ship! She is lost!” cried the appalled
-Will.</p>
-
-<p>The iceberg near which the Arctic was
-moored at that moment parted as if cleft in
-twain.</p>
-
-<p>Amid the falling mass of shattered ice and
-snow, the ship was temporarily shut out
-from view.</p>
-
-<p>“Look&mdash;the sailors!”</p>
-
-<p>It was Tom who spoke, and, as his companions
-followed the direction of his extended
-finger, they discerned several forms
-hurrying over the ice towards the ship.</p>
-
-<p>“Jack and Hugo must be still with the
-sled,” said Will, anxiously. “Come, boys;
-we must find them and endeavor to regain
-the ship.”</p>
-
-<p>They climbed down and hastened over the
-uneven ice towards the spot where they had
-left the sled.</p>
-
-<p>Amid their confusion they wandered aimlessly
-over the ice, at last coming to the
-verge of the level plain they had left.</p>
-
-<p>A spectacle met their vision which held
-them spellbound.</p>
-
-<p>The plain was no longer a vast field of
-ice. Some immense pressure had cracked
-its surface into a myriad of fragments. A
-white, churning sea, dotted here and there
-with whirling icebergs, pulsated at their feet.</p>
-
-<p>The Arctic and the men they had seen on
-the ice had disappeared.</p>
-
-<p>Far in the distance a wall of icebergs receded
-momentarily farther and farther from
-view.</p>
-
-<p>“The Arctic has been borne out of view
-beyond the icebergs by the breaking ice,”
-murmured Will. “The men must have
-reached the ship in safety.”</p>
-
-<p>Every minute the broken ice receded from
-the spot where they stood.</p>
-
-<p>“We must be on solid ground,” said Will;
-“but, oh, boys, what shall we do, left here
-without food or arms or even the fuel for a
-fire?”</p>
-
-<p>“What!” cried Tom, apprehensively; “you
-do not think we will not reach the ship
-again?”</p>
-
-<p>“How can we?”</p>
-
-<p>“Will they not return and look for us?”</p>
-
-<p>“They may be swept hundreds of miles by
-the floating ice.”</p>
-
-<p>Tom Dalton and Willis Moore looked concerned
-and despairing.</p>
-
-<p>“What shall we do?” murmured the latter.</p>
-
-<p>“First seek for Jack and Hugo, who, like
-ourselves, may not have reached the Arctic.”</p>
-
-<p>The boys started along the edge of the
-open waterway.</p>
-
-<p>Suddenly Willis uttered a quick cry of surprise
-and pointed at an object ahead of them.</p>
-
-<p>“Look,” he said.</p>
-
-<p>“What is it?” inquired Will, anxiously.</p>
-
-<p>“The sled we used on the ice.”</p>
-
-<p>“And broken to pieces. Oh, boys, Jack
-and Hugo must have been lost in the breaking
-ice!”</p>
-
-
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_XX">CHAPTER XX.<br />
-<span class="cheaderfont">CAST AWAY IN THE COLD.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p>For some moments Will, Tom and Willis
-stood gazing blankly down at the broken
-pieces of the sled and at the bleak and cheerless
-scene about them.</p>
-
-<p>Not until that moment did they realize
-fully the loneliness and peril of their position.</p>
-
-<p>There was no indication of the presence of
-any human beings except themselves in the
-vicinity.</p>
-
-<p>The Arctic had either been crushed in the
-ice or had drifted away.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum">[37]</span></p>
-
-<p>Those of the crew who had been chasing
-the bear had sailed with the ship or been lost
-in the breaking of the ice.</p>
-
-<p>Jack and Hugo, there seemed to be no
-doubt, had perished in striving to regain the
-ship or fly before the advancing sea of ice
-and snow.</p>
-
-<p>They were alone, separated from all of
-their kind, cast away in the cold.</p>
-
-<p>To make their situation more gloomy,
-night began to come down, dark and terrible.</p>
-
-<p>The cold they had not noticed so much in
-their previous excitement, but, after standing
-still a few moments, they found themselves
-chilled to the bone.</p>
-
-<p>Will Bertram for once had no cheering
-words for his companions. He fully comprehended
-that their dilemma was an extremely
-perilous one.</p>
-
-<p>Still, he endeavored to regard their situation
-as philosophically as possible.</p>
-
-<p>“We have all been in danger before,” he
-said to his companions. “Do not let us
-shrink now.”</p>
-
-<p>“But we have no arms, no food,” said
-Willis.</p>
-
-<p>“Our greatest enemy is the cold. Against
-that we may in a measure provide. However,
-perhaps the morning may see an entire
-change in our position.”</p>
-
-<p>“What do you mean?” inquired Tom.</p>
-
-<p>“The ship may return. We may find Jack
-and Hugo. We can only hope. Come, boys,
-do not stand still, but gather the broken
-pieces of the sled together.”</p>
-
-<p>“What for?” inquired Tom.</p>
-
-<p>“To make a fire.”</p>
-
-<p>Willis started towards the accomplishment
-of the task, but Tom, with a despairing sigh,
-sank to a large boulder of ice.</p>
-
-<p>“Get up Tom,” urged Will.</p>
-
-<p>“But I’m so tired.”</p>
-
-<p>“We must work if we hope to get through
-the night.”</p>
-
-<p>“And I’m cold and sleepy.”</p>
-
-<p>“Tom! Tom!” cried Will, aroused to positive
-terror at his words; “you must get up
-and stir about. That’s just the way people
-freeze to death in this temperature. Once
-asleep, you are lost.”</p>
-
-<p>Tom reluctantly arose to his feet and moved
-about a little. His feet were unsteady, however,
-and he seemed to be sinking into a sort
-of torpor.</p>
-
-<p>Willis Moore brought an armful of the
-pieces of the broken sled to a place Will had
-selected, where a sort of cave was formed by
-the grouping of huge blocks of ice.</p>
-
-<p>“Get your knife and whittle off some shavings,”
-ordered Will.</p>
-
-<p>His companion set to work at the task allotted,
-but made slow progress, affirming that
-he had become so chilly he was benumbed
-all over.</p>
-
-<p>Will saw with consternation the same
-drowsy apathy steal over him that had overtaken
-Tom.</p>
-
-<p>He himself was beginning to experience a
-terrible change in the temperature.</p>
-
-<p>It was dark now, and the closing day heralded
-the coming of intense cold for the
-night.</p>
-
-<p>He piled together the shavings, wet and
-ice-clogged, and found a match in his pocket.</p>
-
-<p>The pile took fire slowly, first the shavings
-and then the large pieces of wood.</p>
-
-<p>He made Willis and Tom sit down within
-the shelter of the cave, and almost directly
-over the fire.</p>
-
-<p>“It will blaze up in a minute, boys,” he
-said, “and we shall have some heat.”</p>
-
-<p>“But it won’t last an hour,” remarked Tom,
-wearily.</p>
-
-<p>“That is why you must arouse yourselves;
-get thoroughly warmed through and rested.”</p>
-
-<p>“And then?”</p>
-
-<p>“We must resolutely fight off sleep through
-the night.”</p>
-
-<p>“How?”</p>
-
-<p>“By running and walking and keeping the
-blood in circulation. Boys, I have read of
-people situated just as we are who were almost
-comfortable living in the cold region
-for years. Our case is not hopeless. With
-daybreak we will build an ice hut. We can
-surely find something to eat&mdash;fish or animal,
-and we may be found by Esquimaux.”</p>
-
-<p>Will’s words encouraged his companions
-considerably.</p>
-
-<p>“But do not droop an eyelid. To sleep
-means death!” he concluded, impressively.</p>
-
-<p>Will piled all the pieces of wood on the
-fire. They burned briskly, but he was
-amazed to find how little heat they imparted.</p>
-
-<p>He saw that in a few minutes the dying
-cinders would fade out, leaving them even
-without a light.</p>
-
-<p>He had not noticed his companions huddled
-together amid the smoke, except to suppose
-they, like himself, were trying to gather
-all the warmth while the fire lasted.</p>
-
-<p>To his amazement and dread, as he approached
-them and called their names there
-was no response.</p>
-
-<p>He shook them wildly. They sat braced
-against each other, their heads bent on their
-breast, and slumbering profoundly!</p>
-
-<p>Will groaned in spirit as he dragged Willis
-Moore to his feet.</p>
-
-<p>He succeeded in arousing him, and finally<span class="pagenum">[38]</span>
-got him to comprehend the dangers of their
-position.</p>
-
-<p>Willis groped his way backward and forward
-along the ice, leaning against the frozen
-wall for support.</p>
-
-<p>Tom was more difficult to arouse, but Will
-almost carried him around to make him
-move.</p>
-
-<p>The fatal somnolence, however, would return
-almost immediately. He would get
-Willis started, when, looking around, he
-would find Tom sunk to the ice again.</p>
-
-<p>At last he despaired utterly. His exertion
-had almost exhausted him. He took off the
-heavy coats the boys wore and spread them
-on the ice.</p>
-
-<p>Then he carried Willis and Tom in turn
-to them and covered them up in them as
-tightly as he could.</p>
-
-<p>He even took off his own coat and spread
-it over his sleeping companions.</p>
-
-<p>For over half an hour Will kept running
-to and fro trying to fight off the intense cold
-that had attacked them.</p>
-
-<p>It was no ordinary battle, and he at last was
-forced to own himself vanquished.</p>
-
-<p>His feet seemed like lead, a strange numbness
-stole over his frame, and his senses became
-confused.</p>
-
-<p>“I shall perish if I stay here!” he murmured,
-and he had just strength enough to
-crawl under the overcoats with his companions.</p>
-
-<p>The warmth of their bodies, he hoped,
-might prevent their freezing.</p>
-
-<p>He was delighted after a few moments to
-find that all sensation of cold had left him.</p>
-
-<p>Little did he think this the first signal of
-danger&mdash;the beginning of that lassitude preceding
-the sleep of death.</p>
-
-<p>From beneath the covering he had one last
-glimpse of the starry heavens.</p>
-
-<p>The northern lights flamed in the sky
-in rare effulgence and beauty.</p>
-
-<p>A peaceful calm held all the scene in death-like
-stillness.</p>
-
-<p>Almost overhead glimmered a radiant star
-he knew so well as the guide-lamp of the
-Arctic mariner.</p>
-
-<p>His eyes closed. Slumber held the strange
-trio, all unconscious of their perils, cast away
-on the frozen deep under the Polar star.</p>
-
-
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_XXI">CHAPTER XXI.<br />
-<span class="cheaderfont">THE ICE HUT.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p>When the breaking up of the ice occurred
-there were three parties who were imperiled
-by that occurrence besides the boys.</p>
-
-<p>Those on board the Arctic had due warning,
-and, although the ship was badly shattered,
-the crew got it in order to run the dangerous
-course the chopping sea opened to it.</p>
-
-<p>The seven sailors who had left the sled also
-saw their danger. They hurried towards the
-ship, and not one moment too soon reached
-its deck.</p>
-
-<p>Then, driven rapidly forward, the Arctic
-sped on its way, unable to stop and aid those
-who had been left behind.</p>
-
-<p>To the crew of the ship, as to Will Bertram
-and his companions, the fate of the two
-sailors, Jack and Hugo, was a mystery.</p>
-
-<p>The old tars, however, had not been caught
-in the broken ice, but had reached a place of
-safety before extreme peril had come.</p>
-
-<p>They had been engaged in conversing, and
-had not noticed the movements of the party
-searching for the bear, nor that the boys had
-wandered out of sight.</p>
-
-<p>Engrossed in discussing some complex marine
-question, it was not until the break-up
-had reached the ship that they aroused to a
-sense of their peril.</p>
-
-<p>Jack’s first thought was of the missing
-members of his party.</p>
-
-<p>“The boys!” he ejaculated, starting to his
-feet and eagerly scanning the scene.</p>
-
-<p>Like Will and his companions they saw the
-ship’s dilemma and the sailors rushing towards
-it.</p>
-
-<p>An instinct of self preservation bade them
-believe that they themselves might reach the
-Arctic, but the brave old sailors were true to
-their duty.</p>
-
-<p>“The boys have gone beyond the field
-here,” said Hugo.</p>
-
-<p>“We must find them,” replied Jack.
-“Quick, mate, let us get the sled out of this!”</p>
-
-<p>The oncoming ice warned them to act
-quickly.</p>
-
-<p>There was no way, however, to drag the
-sled up the ascent to the place where the boys
-had gone.</p>
-
-<p>They kept dragging it along the ice for
-quite a distance, hoping to find an opening.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s no use,” said Jack at last, with an
-anxious look at the ice plain. “The break-up
-will overtake us in a few moments.”</p>
-
-<p>“Shall we abandon the sled?” asked Hugo.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes; but not the things on it. We may
-need them yet.”</p>
-
-<p>A large tarpaulin covered the sled, and
-they gathered it and its contents up.</p>
-
-<p>Among them was an axe.</p>
-
-<p>Seizing this, Jack began cutting steps in the
-icy wall, and then, by means of these, they
-gained the upper ice.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum">[39]</span></p>
-
-<p>The sled was borne upwards and crushed
-to pieces a few minutes later.</p>
-
-<p>They had escaped certain death, and just
-in time.</p>
-
-<p>Each seizing an end of the tarpaulin, they
-started inland, seeking for the boys everywhere.</p>
-
-<p>Jack was terribly anxious when darkness
-came down.</p>
-
-<p>They shouted themselves hoarse for nearly
-an hour, and wandered aimlessly over the
-place.</p>
-
-<p>“We must find them,” remarked Hugo.</p>
-
-<p>“They will be lost in this terrible cold.
-Look, mate.”</p>
-
-<p>“What is it?”</p>
-
-<p>“A light.”</p>
-
-<p>A dull glow, some distance away, met
-their vision.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s the Aurora,” remarked Hugo.</p>
-
-<p>“Not in the south, mate.”</p>
-
-<p>“What, then?”</p>
-
-<p>“Some kind of a fire.”</p>
-
-<p>They struggled on heroically, tired as they
-were, towards the distant light.</p>
-
-<p>The jagged, irregular ice caused several
-detours, and the light had become a vague
-reflection when at length they reached the
-vicinity of the spot whence it emanated.</p>
-
-<p>“It was a fire,” said Jack, as, looking beyond
-them, he caught sight of some glowing
-cinders.</p>
-
-<p>They dropped the tarpaulin and its contents,
-and Jack ran forward.</p>
-
-<p>A moment later his waiting companion
-heard him call:</p>
-
-<p>“Ahoy, mate, we’ve found them.”</p>
-
-<p>“The boys?” cried Hugo, dragging the
-tarpaulin towards the ice cave.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, and asleep.”</p>
-
-<p>“They are lost, then, in this cold and exposed
-to the open air?”</p>
-
-<p>“No, but they soon would be. To work,
-Hugo. They must be awakened.”</p>
-
-<p>It was a lively scene that ensued. The two
-stalwart sailors dragged the boys to and fro,
-put on their overcoats, beat their hands and
-feet, and finally had them wide awake.</p>
-
-<p>Jack bathed their hands and faces with alcohol,
-a can of which was found in the outfit
-of the sled.</p>
-
-<p>The sight of friends made the boys more
-hopeful and courageous, and they listened
-with attention to Jack’s directions.</p>
-
-<p>It was not safe to sleep, he told them,
-and managed to keep them moving until
-Hugo and he had improvised a warm shelter.</p>
-
-<p>They took the articles from the tarpaulin
-and spread the latter over the entrance to the
-ice cave.</p>
-
-<p>They then cut a round, circular hole in the
-ice and pouring some alcohol into it set it on
-fire.</p>
-
-<p>It was remarkable how the brief but fierce
-heat of the burning spirits warmed the temperature
-of the place.</p>
-
-<p>The long night was uncomfortable, but old
-Jack was quite satisfied when morning came
-to find none of them frost-bitten or sick from
-the cold.</p>
-
-<p>His first work of the morning was to take
-an inventory of the things from the sled.</p>
-
-<p>They consisted of the articles the sailors
-had taken from the ship in case of exigency,
-and consisted of a can of alcohol, two guns,
-a hatchet, package of powder, caps and lead
-bullets, a package of food, some ropes and
-several large knives.</p>
-
-<p>“These will be valuable to us if we have to
-stay here any length of time,” remarked
-Jack.</p>
-
-<p>“You don’t think the Arctic will return, do
-you?” inquired Will.</p>
-
-<p>“It may. Anyway, we seem to be on solid
-ground, and, as you observe, the sea is quite
-open beyond. We will remain here for a few
-days.”</p>
-
-<p>“And freeze to death, as we came very
-nearly doing last night?”</p>
-
-<p>“No; we must provide for that.”</p>
-
-<p>“How?”</p>
-
-<p>“By building a house.”</p>
-
-<p>“There is no wood,” suggested Tom.</p>
-
-<p>“We don’t need any.”</p>
-
-<p>“What will you build the house of then?”</p>
-
-<p>“Ice and snow, like the Esquimaux.”</p>
-
-<p>While Jack imparted his plan to his fellow
-exiles they helped themselves to what provisions
-had been saved from the sled.</p>
-
-<p>They found enough canned meat and biscuits
-to last them for a day or two, and the
-food revived them considerably.</p>
-
-<p>The day was much warmer than the night,
-and they did not suffer from the cold to any
-extent.</p>
-
-<p>After breakfast Jack selected a spot where
-they could safely build the ice house.</p>
-
-<p>He secured a firm foundation on the ice,
-and then, with the hatchet, began to cut
-blocks of ice and shape them as he wished
-them.</p>
-
-<p>It was an interesting day for the boys.
-They were so engrossed in watching and
-helping Jack and Hugo that when the ice hut
-was completed they were amazed to find that
-the day had nearly passed.</p>
-
-<p>The hut was built in circular shape, with a<span class="pagenum">[40]</span>
-very small aperture at the top. The cracks
-were filled with snow, and water thrown over
-it to form a complete casing.</p>
-
-<p>In front a single block was left open,
-which, removed, allowed of entrance to the
-hut.</p>
-
-<p>The boys were compelled to crawl through
-this aperture, and found quite a cozy interior,
-around which packed-down banks of
-snow indicated the couches they were to
-lie on.</p>
-
-<p>The tarpaulin was cut up and distributed
-around. Out of a powder flask, with a wick
-made of cloth, Jack improvised an alcohol
-lamp to afford light.</p>
-
-<p>After supper the entire party rolled up in
-their overcoats. Jack closed the aperture or
-door tightly, and then saturated a piece of
-cloth with alcohol several times and set it on
-fire.</p>
-
-<p>This heated the air of the hut quite comfortably,
-and the experiment was repeated
-several times throughout the night.</p>
-
-<p>The next day Jack gave the boys various
-bits of advice tending to show them how to
-avoid the cold.</p>
-
-<p>The provision stock was getting low, and
-he and Hugo started out with loaded guns to
-find what game they could.</p>
-
-<p>They returned successful before nightfall.
-They had found a large bird resembling a
-duck and quite a quantity of a species of
-moss.</p>
-
-<p>“We will fare better to go farther to the interior,”
-said Jack that night.</p>
-
-<p>“And leave this place where the Arctic
-may return!” asked Hugo.</p>
-
-<p>“I have watched the movement of the ice,”
-said Jack in reply, “and I believe that the
-Arctic, borne before it, will be carried too far
-to come back readily. At any rate, we will
-take a tramp back from the coast to-morrow.”</p>
-
-<p>The next morning they packed up their
-traps and left the open water behind them.</p>
-
-<p>The sun was quite warm, and in some
-places the snow was melting. At any event,
-they scarcely felt the cold.</p>
-
-<p>The tracks of various animals were observed,
-but none seen or captured.</p>
-
-<p>After traveling for many miles they came
-to a broad, open waterway similar to the one
-they had left behind.</p>
-
-<p>“We are on an island,” remarked Jack,
-after surveying the country. “Yonder
-across the water is probably the mainland.
-The question is, shall we decide to remain
-here or attempt to cross over to what is undoubtedly
-a much larger scope of territory?”</p>
-
-<p>“How can we do it?” inquired Hugo.</p>
-
-<p>“We must devise some way. For the night
-we will stay here.”</p>
-
-<p>“And build another ice house?” inquired
-Tom.</p>
-
-<p>“No; we will secure temporary quarters
-and make a rough snow house.”</p>
-
-<p>Ready hands soon constructed a hut. The
-weather was much colder than the preceding
-night, but with the alcohol and some moss
-they managed to pass a comfortable night.</p>
-
-<p>When they awoke they found a thin sheet
-of ice covering the water, evidently an arm
-of the sea. Large cakes of ice were held in
-the field, and after breakfast Jack imparted
-his plan to his companions.</p>
-
-<p>“We must ferry across on the cakes of ice,”
-he said. “The new ice is thin, and can be
-broken through easily. It is not more than
-half a mile across.”</p>
-
-<p>Jack selected a large cake of ice near the
-shore and they all got on it.</p>
-
-<p>Then Jack took a rope from the sled and,
-attaching the hatchet, flung it to the nearest
-large cake of ice, when he would pull on the
-rope and slowly progress forward.</p>
-
-<p>It took several hours to cross the water.
-When they at length reached the opposite
-shore they saw that the new ice had melted
-and the floating cakes were speeding along
-to the sea.</p>
-
-<p>The mainland they believed they had
-reached was in character like the island they
-had left, a vast field of ice and snow.</p>
-
-<p>While Hugo and Will were exploring for
-a place for a camp for the night the latter became
-very much excited as he observed
-what seemed to be an ice hut.</p>
-
-<p>It was covered with the snow of many
-storms, but its shape was plainly defined.</p>
-
-<p>“Is it a hut?” Hugo asked Will, eagerly.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, lad, and it has been occupied at some
-time or other. Run for Jack. This may
-prove an important discovery.”</p>
-
-
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_XXII">CHAPTER XXII.<br />
-<span class="cheaderfont">ON THE MAINLAND.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p>Jack Marcy and the remainder of the party
-soon joined Hugo, and the old boatswain
-surveyed the round heap that had been discovered
-with a critical eye.</p>
-
-<p>“It is an ice hut, sure enough,” he said,
-quite excitedly, “but it is probably a long
-time since it was used. Let us get to work
-at it and see if it is habitable.”</p>
-
-<p>They scraped off what ice and snow there
-was, and then Jack cut a block out of the
-side of the structure.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum">[41]</span></p>
-
-<p>He crawled into the house and came out
-again with a pleased look on his face.</p>
-
-<p>“We’ll sleep warm to-night,” he said.</p>
-
-<p>“Why?” asked Will, eagerly.</p>
-
-<p>“Whoever occupied the hut before left
-quite a lot of things behind. Creep in after
-me and see.”</p>
-
-<p>The rest of the party did so, and found
-themselves in a hut much larger than the one
-they had built on the island.</p>
-
-<p>Upon the floor was a rudely constructed
-lamp, such as is in common use among the
-Esquimaux.</p>
-
-<p>By its side was a pouch or pail made of the
-skin of a bear or fox, and containing frozen
-chunks of the blubber or fat of some animal.</p>
-
-<p>The floor of the hut showed a long occupancy
-in the past, and was discolored with
-grease and bits of meat and fish bones.</p>
-
-<p>The discovery cheered all of the party, for
-it showed that the place had once been visited,
-and that they might in time find some native
-settlement.</p>
-
-<p>At any rate the hut was a comfortable shelter
-for them.</p>
-
-<p>Jack directed Hugo, Willis and Tom to get
-the hut in order, and he and Will went out
-with the guns in search of food.</p>
-
-<p>They saw some birds and animals, but
-could not get near to them.</p>
-
-<p>Returning after a disappointing tramp,
-they made a second discovery that later
-proved of the utmost importance.</p>
-
-
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_XXIII">CHAPTER XXIII.<br />
-<span class="cheaderfont">THE ALBATROSS.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p>They had passed several singular formations
-in the snow and ice during their tramp,
-and more than once Will supposed he had
-discovered another hut.</p>
-
-<p>Investigation, however, proved the masses
-to be of ice or snow, and they abandoned this
-line of exploration until, as they came near
-the camp, Will made the discovery noted at
-the end of the last chapter.</p>
-
-<p>From several blocks of ice there protruded
-an object which made old Jack stare blankly.</p>
-
-<p>“Why, it’s a piece of wood!” he cried.</p>
-
-<p>There was no doubt of this fact, as was
-proven by a brief investigation. It seemed
-to be a part of the boarding of a boat, and had
-evidently been placed where it was, not carelessly,
-but for a purpose.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s a landmark,” said Jack.</p>
-
-<p>“Of what?” inquired Will.</p>
-
-<p>“Of the same party, probably, that built
-the hut we found. You see those blocks of
-ice, lad?”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, Jack.”</p>
-
-<p>“They were dragged, not thrown here.”</p>
-
-<p>“For what purpose?”</p>
-
-<p>“To protect a cache.”</p>
-
-<p>“What is that, Jack?”</p>
-
-<p>“It’s a hiding-place for food or the like.
-For instance, the men who were here, probably
-castaways like ourselves, abandoned
-their hut to seek some native settlement or
-find a ship. They could not carry all their
-stores, and wanted to secure them from animals,
-so they buried them in the snow, piled
-the ice over it, and then put up this board as
-a marking signal of the spot. Should they
-return, it would be a supply station for
-them.”</p>
-
-<p>“I understand, Jack; and you think we shall
-find something under those blocks of ice?”</p>
-
-<p>“Undoubtedly, lad.”</p>
-
-<p>“Let us go to work, then.”</p>
-
-<p>“All right,” and Jack and his companion
-united their strength to remove the solid ice
-blocks.</p>
-
-<p>They found it no easy task, and when they
-were displaced came to a foundation of solidly
-packed snow.</p>
-
-<p>The hatchet was used to loosen this. Some
-feet below the surface they found a package
-encased in the hard, dried skin of some animal
-and tied securely with pieces of rope.</p>
-
-<p>There were a dozen or more of these packages
-of various sizes, and at the bottom of the
-cache several large planks of wood laid there
-to protect the packages in case of a thaw,
-when the mass would sink uniformly and not
-become scattered.</p>
-
-<p>“Run to the hut, Will,” said Jack, after
-they had lifted out all the contents of the
-cache.</p>
-
-<p>“For Hugo and the boys?”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes. We have uncovered this stuff now,
-and we must remove it.”</p>
-
-<p>When Will and his excited companions rejoined
-Jack they found that he had constructed
-a rough drag-sled out of the pieces
-of wood. Upon this they piled the packages,
-and then, attaching a rope, started with their
-treasures for the hut.</p>
-
-<p>By dark they had all the packages inside
-the hut, and were housed for the night.</p>
-
-<p>Their new shelter proved to be a most
-comfortable one, for the house had been carefully
-built, and the lamp and blubber they
-found imparted both light and heat.</p>
-
-<p>“How cozy and home-like,” remarked Will,
-as Jack set about examining the various
-packages.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum">[42]</span></p>
-
-<p>They contained a score of delightful surprises,
-and indicated clearly that their original
-possessors were members of some ship’s
-crew and castaways like themselves.</p>
-
-<p>There were several packages of canned
-meats, jellies and biscuits; there was a variety
-of clothing, some books, tools and cooking
-utensils.</p>
-
-<p>“A glorious find,” remarked Hugo, enthusiastically;
-“we can defy the arctic cold
-now.”</p>
-
-<p>But among all they found there was not an
-indication as to the name of the ship whence
-these articles had come originally.</p>
-
-<p>They discovered no clew in this direction
-until, in looking over one of the books, Will
-came to a roughly written line.</p>
-
-<p>It had been scrawled on a blank page by a
-piece of burned cinder and left unfinished.</p>
-
-<p>It read:</p>
-
-<p>“This day abandoned the ship and started
-on an exploring tour down Barnell’s Point.”</p>
-
-<p>Old Jack looked up from tying one of the
-packages quite excitedly.</p>
-
-<p>“What’s that, lad?”</p>
-
-<p>“A line written in this book.”</p>
-
-<p>“Read it again.”</p>
-
-<p>Will did so.</p>
-
-<p>“You are sure it says Barnell’s Point?”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes; it is plainly written here. Why,
-Jack?”</p>
-
-<p>There was a peculiar look in the old mariner’s
-eye.</p>
-
-<p>“Because, lad, if this is Barnell’s Point
-we’ve made a great discovery for you.”</p>
-
-<p>“For me?”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes.”</p>
-
-<p>“What do you mean?”</p>
-
-<p>“That Barnell’s Point is the place where the
-Albatross was crushed to pieces in the ice.”</p>
-
-
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_XXIV">CHAPTER XXIV.<br />
-<span class="cheaderfont">THE WRECKED SHIP.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p>Will Bertram started violently at old Jack’s
-announcement.</p>
-
-<p>“Are you sure? How do you know?” he
-asked tumultuously.</p>
-
-<p>“That’s what Captain Stephen Morris
-said.”</p>
-
-<p>“That the Albatross was lost at Barnell’s
-Point?”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes.”</p>
-
-<p>“And this is probably that place?”</p>
-
-<p>“Exactly.”</p>
-
-<p>“The ship my brother Alan was captain of,”
-murmured Will. “Here the unfortunate crew
-were all crushed in the ice?”</p>
-
-<p>“No.”</p>
-
-<p>Jack’s last word was explosive and emphatic.</p>
-
-<p>Will looked at him in surprise.</p>
-
-<p>“That’s what Captain Morris said.”</p>
-
-<p>“He said what was false, lad. I happened
-to overhear him talking on the Golden
-Moose with the mate one day, and it verified
-a suspicion I had formed when I noticed
-how familiar he was with Donald Parker, his
-business manager, at Watertown. I knew
-there was some mystery about the loss of the
-Albatross.”</p>
-
-<p>“I never believed Captain Morris’ story,”
-cried Will.</p>
-
-<p>“I determined to watch and wait. When
-you heard me in the cabin of the Golden
-Moose accuse him of evil work with the Albatross,
-you know how guilty he acted.”</p>
-
-<p>“Then you think my brother was not
-killed?”</p>
-
-<p>“I do.”</p>
-
-<p>“How did Morris get the men who rescued
-him to believe it?”</p>
-
-<p>“That’s as much a mystery as where his
-sudden wealth came from. There was some
-wicked work done, for I believe the men who
-built this hut were of the crew of the Albatross.
-I theorize that they abandoned the
-ship for some reason, and this was a station
-they made in the search for some native settlement.”</p>
-
-<p>For a long time the castaways discussed
-the matter of the crew of the Albatross.</p>
-
-<p>Their discovery materially changed their
-plans.</p>
-
-<p>“They seem to have kept near the seacoast,”
-said Jack. “I propose that we follow
-the same course, for as they have not returned
-they may have discovered a settlement.”</p>
-
-<p>The next morning Jack made a sled of the
-wood they had found and packed their baggage
-upon it.</p>
-
-<p>Strong ropes were attached, and they took
-turns at pulling it over the snow.</p>
-
-<p>They kept close to the coast. The first
-day out they made no discoveries of any importance,
-but just at dark the second day, as
-they rounded a high eminence, their eyes
-met a scene that startled and delighted them.</p>
-
-<p>Held in place by the ice, in a slight indentation
-in the land, was a ship.</p>
-
-<p>Will stood transfixed for a moment, and
-then one cry of joy rang from his lips.</p>
-
-<p>“My brother’s ship!” he ejaculated, wildly.
-“It is the Albatross!”</p>
-
-
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_XXV">CHAPTER XXV.<br />
-<span class="cheaderfont">A THRILLING EPISODE.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p>It was indeed the Albatross, or rather the
-dismantled hull of that ship, which the Arctic
-castaways had discovered.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum">[43]</span></p>
-
-<p>Will and Jack both recognized it at a
-glance, although it was encrusted in ice and
-covered with snow.</p>
-
-<p>Its presence here gave the lie to Captain
-Stephen Morris’ story, but it intensified the
-mystery of his solitary escape.</p>
-
-<p>It was apparent as they approached the
-ship that it had been deserted for a long
-time.</p>
-
-<p>They were compelled to remove a large
-quantity of snow from the deck before they
-could force a way to the cabin.</p>
-
-<p>Everything here was in disorder&mdash;the hold
-almost empty and the forecastle dismal and
-badly damaged by a fire that had taken place
-there.</p>
-
-<p>A few days previous the little party would
-have been delighted at the discovery of a
-warm home and the
-various articles of
-utility and comfort
-with which the cabin
-abounded.</p>
-
-<p>Now, however,
-Jack was almost positive
-that research
-would result in the
-finding of a native
-settlement, and
-through this means
-a return home.</p>
-
-<p>Will, too, believing
-his brother Alan
-alive, was anxious to
-pursue their journey.</p>
-
-<p>They found a
-stove in the cabin
-and plenty of fuel
-to burn, and they
-had an abundance
-of food.</p>
-
-<p>“We have been going in a wrong direction,”
-said Jack that night. “The party that
-left the ship went around to the northeast.”</p>
-
-<p>“Then we must retrace our way?” asked
-Hugo.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, by following them as closely as possible
-we shall learn their fate or reach the
-place of safety they have gained.”</p>
-
-<p>It was decided to prepare for a long journey.</p>
-
-<p>Jack built a better sled and selected various
-articles of food which he made into compact
-packages.</p>
-
-<p>They were two days on the ship when
-some startling incidents occurred to hasten
-their journey from the place.</p>
-
-<p>Tracks of various animals had been seen in
-the snow, and the boys had been allowed to
-visit the shore.</p>
-
-<p>Will had constructed a trap out of two iron
-hoops found in the hold of the ship, and had
-set it at a spot where these tracks in the snow
-were most numerous.</p>
-
-<p>It was the ensuing morning that he and
-Tom, visiting the vicinity, to their delight
-<a href="#Ref_43">saw some kind of an animal struggling in the
-trap</a> they had set.</p>
-
-<div id="Ref_43" class="figleft">
-<img src="images/i43.jpg" alt="" />
-</div>
-
-<p>As they drew nearer Tom exclaimed:</p>
-
-<p>“A fox, Will!”</p>
-
-<p>They got near enough to observe it closely.</p>
-
-<p>It proved to be an animal of a strange
-color, with bushy tail and thickly furred feet,
-even to the soles.</p>
-
-<p>Will made a slip-knot on a rope they carried
-and flung it over the fox’s head.</p>
-
-<p>He pulled at the animal while Tom released
-it from the trap.</p>
-
-<p>The first movement of the fox was to start
-on a run. Will held on to the rope, slipped,
-fell and went clear over an icy ledge ten feet
-below.</p>
-
-<p>The fox had disappeared, carrying the
-rope away.</p>
-
-<p>Will was half disposed to laugh. He looked
-up to see how he would regain the ledge,
-when he heard Tom utter a frightened cry.</p>
-
-<p>At the same moment an immense white object
-loomed up before his vision.</p>
-
-<p>It was a white polar bear, and with eyes
-fixed on Will it was advancing straight towards
-him.</p>
-
-<p>Will turned pale and began to retreat<span class="pagenum">[44]</span>
-slowly. He could hear Tom’s cry die out in
-the distance, and knew that he was deserted.</p>
-
-<p>Will found that he had one advantage over
-the bear. The place where he was had a narrow
-path leading towards the sea, was deep with
-snow, and the bear made but slow progress.</p>
-
-<p>Still it kept following him, and he could
-not run.</p>
-
-<p>He grew terrified as he came to an abrupt
-halt.</p>
-
-<p>The path he had been following was
-blocked by a projecting mass of ice.</p>
-
-<p>He must either retrace his way or leap
-down a steep incline at the risk of his life.</p>
-
-<p>The bear, after floundering around for
-some moments, glared at him fiercely.</p>
-
-<p>It kept advancing in a cautious, stealthy
-manner.</p>
-
-<p>“I am lost,” murmured the imperilled lad,
-in a tone of utter despair.</p>
-
-<p>Just then he saw a dark object drop directly
-behind the bear from the ledge above.</p>
-
-<p>It was Jack.</p>
-
-<p>He held in his hand the hatchet, and Will
-saw him creep behind the bear until he had
-reached the animal.</p>
-
-<p>The bear seemed about to spring upon
-Will when Jack lifted the hatchet.</p>
-
-<p>Its sharp edge came down on the hind foot
-of the animal with terrific force, almost severing
-it from its body.</p>
-
-<p>At the same moment a gun was fired from
-the upper ledge, doubtless in the hands of
-Hugo.</p>
-
-<p>The bear turned with a horrible howl, and
-then, making a red track in the snow after it,
-fell down the steep incline.</p>
-
-<p>It seems that Tom had alarmed Jack and
-Hugo at the ship in time to come to Will’s
-rescue.</p>
-
-<p>Will reached the ledge again with Jack’s
-help, and the little party hurried down to the
-ravine where the bear lay.</p>
-
-<p>They found the animal dead. The shot
-from the gun and the blow from the hatchet
-had killed him.</p>
-
-<p>The bear was a monster, and Jack set
-about removing its skin, which froze hard
-before they reached the ship with it.</p>
-
-<p>That night they had fresh bear steaks for
-supper.</p>
-
-<p>The next morning they were arranging the
-sled, ready to depart, with the bear skin covering
-the articles carried, when Tom came
-rushing from the cabin, where he had remained.</p>
-
-<p>“Fire! Fire!” he cried, wildly; “the ship
-is on fire!”</p>
-
-
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_XXVI">CHAPTER XXVI.<br />
-<span class="cheaderfont">THE YOUNG EXPLORERS.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p>Tom’s carelessness with a lamp had precipitated
-a catastrophe, and the Albatross
-was soon enveloped in flames.</p>
-
-<p>It was fortunate that the stores ready for
-the journey were outside on the sled, else the
-loss would have been a serious one.</p>
-
-<p>The fire showed how frail the stability of
-Arctic home life was to those unused to it.
-Had they depended on the ship as a shelter,
-the present disaster would have made them
-entirely homeless.</p>
-
-<p>They, however, were thinking of the expedition
-down the coast which had preceded
-them.</p>
-
-<p>“We are well equipped,” said Jack, “and
-cannot starve or freeze if we take proper care
-of ourselves.”</p>
-
-<p>“Will you follow the coast to the ice
-hut?” asked Will.</p>
-
-<p>“We may as well, and thence still keep
-along the shore.”</p>
-
-<p>The sled was easily moved along the snow,
-and when one of the boys got very tired he
-was allowed a brief ride.</p>
-
-<p>The second night after leaving the Albatross
-they camped in the ice house they had
-discovered the day they crossed to the main
-land.</p>
-
-<p>From this spot they followed the water-way
-surrounding the island they had been
-cast away on originally.</p>
-
-<p>Sometimes the route was irregular and difficult,
-but they made a steady progress.</p>
-
-<p>They discovered no further trace of the
-party from the Albatross for nearly a week.</p>
-
-<p>During that time they were compelled to
-build a temporary shelter each night. They
-suffered little from the cold now, as they had
-become used to it in a measure, and the
-weather was considerably milder than when
-they first left the Arctic.</p>
-
-<p>At last, they one day came to what had
-evidently been an ice hut. It was now in
-ruins, but it showed they were on the right
-route.</p>
-
-<p>Beyond this the coast-line was so irregular
-that a detour was made, and Jack decided
-that the party preceding them had done the
-same.</p>
-
-<p>They regained the coast, not wishing to go
-too far into the interior, but found it more
-difficult of traversing as they progressed.</p>
-
-<p>One day the boys discovered <a id="Ref_45a" href="#Ref_45">several seals
-disporting themselves on the ice</a>, and an hour
-was devoted to attempting a capture, but
-without effect.</p>
-
-<div id="Ref_45" class="figcenter">
-<img src="images/i45.jpg" alt="" />
-<div class="caption"><p class="center"><a href="#Ref_45a">THE SEALS</a>.</p></div>
-</div>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum">[46]</span></p>
-
-<p>Finally the rocky character of the coast
-became uniform, and they found they could
-not keep to the shore and take the sled with
-them.</p>
-
-<p>Jack decided to leave the ocean and make
-a venture of crossing the plains lying back
-from the sea, at least for a day or two, to see
-if some new traces of the Albatross party
-might not be found.</p>
-
-<p>They found the temperature considerably
-lower as they progressed to the interior, and
-the second day of their journey was so cold
-that they made a snow hut and did not travel
-at all that day.</p>
-
-<p>The days, too, were becoming much shorter,
-and when there was little sunlight seemed to
-merge into a hazy twilight early in the afternoon.</p>
-
-<p>For two weeks they continued on their
-way, meeting with no traces of previous occupancy
-of the vicinity.</p>
-
-<p>Jack and Hugo looked serious and concerned
-over the situation, and discussed it
-continually.</p>
-
-<p>“We have left the coast,” the former said,
-“and cannot find it again. But we are progressing
-blindly, and possibly further and
-further away from any settlement.”</p>
-
-<p>“We can’t help it, mate,” rejoined Hugo.</p>
-
-<p>“Maybe not,” said Jack, “but there’s some
-kind of a great change in the weather coming.”</p>
-
-<p>“Colder, you mean?”</p>
-
-<p>“Probably.”</p>
-
-<p>“Well, let us provide for it.”</p>
-
-<p>“I think it best. Here’s my plan: You see
-the high ridge of land and ice yonder?”</p>
-
-<p>“You mean about twenty miles to the
-north?”</p>
-
-<p>“Nearer fifty.”</p>
-
-<p>“Well, Jack?”</p>
-
-<p>“That either marks the boundary of the
-land or looks over some new country. We’ll
-go there.”</p>
-
-<p>“And then?”</p>
-
-<p>“See what a view shows. If we’re going
-to go into temporary quarters and wait for
-something to develop it is better to be near
-the protection of the cliffs than on the open
-plain.”</p>
-
-<p>It took three days to accomplish the journey
-to the bold, jagged headland Jack had
-discovered.</p>
-
-<p>It was so cold when they reached it that
-all their energies were set in action to provide
-for the rigors of the night.</p>
-
-<p>A strong ice hut was constructed, and they
-were content to crowd around the blubber
-lamp for warmth and be thankful they had
-a shelter.</p>
-
-<p>The next morning Jack announced that he
-would scale the icy cliffs and take a view of
-their location.</p>
-
-<p>He allowed Will and Tom to accompany
-him. It took several hours to scale the
-slippery headland.</p>
-
-<p>At its top a wide scope of scenery met
-their view.</p>
-
-<p>They could look back for miles over the
-vast plain they had traversed.</p>
-
-<p>Beyond was what resembled an immense
-lake, terminating many miles distant in the
-boldly-defined shores of some new land.</p>
-
-<p>It was frozen over, but its surface here and
-there was marked with huge chasms where
-the ice had cracked.</p>
-
-<p>As they stood viewing the desolate scene
-Will’s keen eyes discerned some moving objects
-on the frozen plain.</p>
-
-<p>“Look, Jack!” he said. “What is that?
-Wolves&mdash;foxes?”</p>
-
-<p>Jack strained his vision to the utmost.</p>
-
-<p>Then he uttered an ejaculation of excitement.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s no wolves or foxes, lad,” he said.</p>
-
-<p>“What then?”</p>
-
-<p>“Dogs&mdash;a sled and an Esquimaux driver, as
-sure as my name is Jack Marcy.”</p>
-
-
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_XXVII">CHAPTER XXVII.<br />
-<span class="cheaderfont">THE SNOW STORM.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p>The longer the intensely absorbed and excited
-Jack and the boys gazed at the distant
-object that had attracted their attention the
-more distinct did it become.</p>
-
-<p>“It is certainly a sled, and it is coming this
-way!” exclaimed Will.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, we must try and reach the plain,”
-said Jack.</p>
-
-<p>He was about to descend as they had come,
-for the only way to carry out his plan was to
-go around some distance to where the cliffs
-were lower, when he paused.</p>
-
-<p>The moving objects on the snow seemed
-suddenly to blend into a confused mass.</p>
-
-<p>The sled and its driver mysteriously disappeared
-from view, while the dogs were flung
-in the air and then seemed to stand stationary.</p>
-
-<p>“What has happened?” asked Tom, breathlessly.</p>
-
-<p>“A break in the ice. The sled and its unfortunate
-driver have gone down. Oh, if we
-were near enough to give him help!”</p>
-
-<p>Jack waited no longer, and they hurried<span class="pagenum">[47]</span>
-down to the ice house much faster than they
-had ascended the cliff.</p>
-
-<p>Jack hurriedly related to Hugo what had
-occurred, and explained how they might
-scale the cliff farther down the shore and get
-out on the ice beyond.</p>
-
-<p>“The boys will stay here,” he said. “Do
-not leave the hut till we return, Will.”</p>
-
-<p>The two sailors took each a gun and started
-out on their hurried errand.</p>
-
-<p>Time passed drearily to the trio they had
-left behind them. Tom and Willis wished to
-go up to the cliffs to see the lake, but Will
-reminded them of Jack’s injunction.</p>
-
-<p>It was well they followed it, for shortly
-afterwards a wild wind swept over the spot
-and a furious snow storm set in.</p>
-
-<p>As darkness came down, and there were no
-signs of the return of Jack and Hugo, Will
-became alarmed.</p>
-
-<p>He pushed aside the door, or block of ice,
-that filled the entrance to the hut and crawled
-out finally.</p>
-
-<p>The snow was deep and blinding, and he
-became terrified as he realized the difficulty
-the sailors would have in finding the hut.</p>
-
-<p>He imparted his apprehensions to his companions.</p>
-
-<p>“They may be out on the lake yet,” he
-said.</p>
-
-<p>“Can we not signal them?” inquired Tom.</p>
-
-<p>“How?” asked Will.</p>
-
-<p>“A light&mdash;a fire.”</p>
-
-<p>Will reflected deeply. Then he decided on
-a course that might be of some utility in
-guiding Jack and Hugo to the hut.</p>
-
-<p>He ordered Tom to wrap himself up closely
-and take the blubber lamp outside the hut.</p>
-
-<p>He was to keep feeding it freely, so as to
-make as much flame as possible and shade it
-from the wind and snow.</p>
-
-<p>Will himself had ventured on an exploit
-that was fraught with peril.</p>
-
-<p>“You remain here with the light as long as
-you can stand the cold,” he said.</p>
-
-<p>“You think Jack and Hugo are this side of
-the cliffs?”</p>
-
-<p>“Possibly. If so, they will be guided by
-the light.”</p>
-
-<p>“And you, Will?”</p>
-
-<p>“I am going to scale the cliffs.”</p>
-
-<p>Tom uttered a cry of dismay.</p>
-
-<p>“In this terrible storm?”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, Tom.”</p>
-
-<p>Will began the slow and difficult ascent.</p>
-
-<p>A dozen times he slipped and fell, but he
-finally had the satisfaction of reaching the
-summit of the rocks overlooking the frozen
-lake.</p>
-
-<p>He had brought the can of alcohol and
-some pieces of cloth with him.</p>
-
-<p>Saturating the latter with the alcohol, he
-set them afire and waved them to and fro.</p>
-
-<p>This he kept up until all the alcohol was
-exhausted except what was left in the lamp
-Jack had improvised from the powder flask.</p>
-
-<p>Lighting the wick, he shaded the feeble
-light with pieces of ice and set its flame towards
-the lake.</p>
-
-<p>“They may not be able to see it,” he soliloquized;
-“but I have done all I could for
-them.”</p>
-
-<p>He was chilled and wearied long before he
-reached the hut again.</p>
-
-<p>Tom had been forced to retreat into the
-hut, well-nigh frozen.</p>
-
-<p>He welcomed Will’s safe return with delight.</p>
-
-<p>“Jack and Hugo have made a snow house
-somewhere,” he said; and with this theory
-they were forced to be content.</p>
-
-<p>With the first dawn of day the boys were
-awake and outside.</p>
-
-<p>They looked vainly for some trace of the
-two sailors until they heard a loud series of
-yelps.</p>
-
-<p>They ran through the deep snow as best
-they could towards the spot whence these
-sounds emanated.</p>
-
-<p>Half a dozen dogs, such as they had often
-heard Jack and Hugo describe as the faithful
-servants of the Esquimaux, were gamboling
-in the snow under the partial shelter of
-an overhanging ledge of ice.</p>
-
-<p>They were secured together by long strings
-made of dried skin of some animal, the end
-of which was secured around a huge boulder
-of ice.</p>
-
-<p>As they were gazing, curious and interested,
-two forms pushed aside a bank of
-snow, and, from a cave-like aperture, the two
-sailors came into view.</p>
-
-<p>“Jack!&mdash;Hugo!” cried the boys, delightedly.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, lads; and snug and safe. We found
-the snow a warm bed for the night.”</p>
-
-<p>Will explained how they had endeavored
-to signal them; then he pointed to the dogs.</p>
-
-<p>Jack looked sad.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s a sorrowful story, lad. The man who
-drove them and the sled went down in a fissure
-in the ice.”</p>
-
-<p>“And you couldn’t save him?”</p>
-
-<p>“No. When we reached the place the ice
-had closed and the dogs had broken loose.”</p>
-
-<p>“How did you bring them here?”</p>
-
-<p>“They followed us. They’re gentle as kittens.
-Had the Esquimaux lived, and had we<span class="pagenum">[48]</span>
-overtaken him, he might have led us at once
-to a settlement.”</p>
-
-<p>“And maybe to the very one the crew of
-the Albatross and my brother Alan have
-reached,” said Will, hopefully.</p>
-
-<p>“Possibly, lad. However, it shows there
-are natives near here.”</p>
-
-<p>“And you will search for them?”</p>
-
-<p>“The dogs will find them.”</p>
-
-<p>“How?”</p>
-
-<p>“We will make a new sled and start them
-over the frozen lake. They will probably
-start direct for the nearest Esquimaux village.”</p>
-
-
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_XXVIII">CHAPTER XXVIII.<br />
-<span class="cheaderfont">THE ATTACK.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p>“Hurrah!”</p>
-
-<p>Amid the excitement of a most momentous
-episode in the Arctic experience of the young
-castaways, this excited cry burst from their
-lips.</p>
-
-<p>They forgot all the sorrows and perils of
-the past in the exhilarating delight of the
-hour.</p>
-
-<p>Jack Marcy had made a long, narrow sled by
-reconstructing the old one brought from the
-ship and placing most of their stores on this,
-and, seating themselves one behind the other,
-they started on a wild journey over the ice.</p>
-
-<p>They had crossed over the cliffs, and as the
-long whip in Jack’s hands cracked, the
-trained animals attached to the sled started
-on their journey.</p>
-
-<p>By noon the sled had reached the opposite
-shores of the lake.</p>
-
-<p>Jack allowed the dogs to take their own
-course, believing their natural sagacity would
-lead them right.</p>
-
-<p>In this he was not in error. Towards evening
-the animals began to yell joyfully.</p>
-
-<p>As they rounded a slight elevation in the
-ground the voyagers knew that they were
-near human habitation.</p>
-
-<p>Beyond they could see several ice huts, and
-<a href="#Ref_02">four Esquimaux boys near at hand were engaged
-in playing a popular American game
-with bone clubs and a ball</a>.</p>
-
-<p>The youngsters stared wonderingly at the
-strangers, and then scampered off towards
-the ice huts.</p>
-
-<p>Towards these Jack directed the sled. By
-the time they had reached them quite a throng
-of natives were gathered to greet them.</p>
-
-<p>The leader, a large, closely-muffled man,
-looked suspiciously at Jack and his party
-and extended his hand, murmuring some unintelligible
-words.</p>
-
-<p>He also spoke to some of those around
-him, and these began busily unloading the
-sled and carrying the parcels to an ice hut.</p>
-
-<p>When they had completed the transfer the
-leader motioned for them to follow him, and
-led them into the rude home his hospitality
-placed at their disposal.</p>
-
-<p>Jack made several efforts to converse with
-the man by signs and words, but the latter
-could not comprehend them.</p>
-
-<p>He accepted, however, several of the packages
-as presents, and himself and two others
-finally brought their guests a large bowl filled
-with smoking grease and chunks of fat.</p>
-
-<p>It was an unsavory dish for the boys, hungry
-as they were, but they ate some in order
-that they might not offend their hosts.</p>
-
-<p>The leader left his two companions in the
-hut, who stared steadily at the strangers with
-big, owl-like eyes, but were silent.</p>
-
-<p>“They evidently consider us friends, but
-don’t know how to express it,” remarked
-Jack.</p>
-
-<p>A few moments later, however, an episode
-occurred which somewhat changed their confident
-opinion.</p>
-
-<p>The leader re-entered the hut with an ominous
-face.</p>
-
-<p>He spoke a few words to his companions,
-who arose and departed silently.</p>
-
-<p>Then he sat down by Jack and uttered a
-single word.</p>
-
-<p>It sounded like “Kaoka.”</p>
-
-<p>Jack looked puzzled.</p>
-
-<p>The Esquimaux imitated the actions of a
-driver on a sled.</p>
-
-<p>“He means the man we saw drowned,”
-suggested Hugo.</p>
-
-<p>Jack made a motion as of ice opening and
-closing.</p>
-
-<p>He then went through the pantomime of a
-man drowning.</p>
-
-<p>The Esquimaux looked fixedly at him for a
-moment or two, and then shook his head solemnly.</p>
-
-<p>He arose without another word and left
-the hut.</p>
-
-<p>“What does that mean?” inquired Hugo.</p>
-
-<p>“It means that he don’t believe us.”</p>
-
-<p>This was soon verified.</p>
-
-<p>The little party were preparing to sleep
-when a loud thud sounded on the outside of
-the hut.</p>
-
-<p>It was followed by others, as if large projectiles
-were being flung against the hut.</p>
-
-<p>Then a huge block in the side was dashed
-in, almost striking one of the boys.</p>
-
-<p>A second block fell&mdash;the hut seemed
-crumbling into ruins.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum">[49]</span></p>
-
-<p>Jack caught a glimpse of a dozen or more
-of the Esquimaux.</p>
-
-<p>They were shouting and gesticulating
-wildly, and were armed with large clubs and
-solid chunks of ice.</p>
-
-<p>“We will be crushed to death!” he cried.
-“Hand me the gun, Hugo.”</p>
-
-<p>“Don’t shoot, Jack!”</p>
-
-<p>“We must, or they will kill us. It is our
-only means of self protection to frighten
-them away.”</p>
-
-<p>“They are terribly angry.”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes; they think we killed the owner of
-the dogs and stole the animals.”</p>
-
-<p>“Look out!”</p>
-
-<p>As Hugo uttered the warning a shower of
-ice fell over the ruined hut.</p>
-
-<p>Jack raised the gun and fired.</p>
-
-<p>The yells of the Esquimaux mingled with
-the deafening explosion.</p>
-
-
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_XXIX">CHAPTER XXIX.<br />
-<span class="cheaderfont">FOUND AT LAST.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p>That the Esquimaux were enraged, and believing
-that their companion had been murdered,
-were determined to avenge his death,
-there could be no doubt.</p>
-
-<p>They had retreated when the gun was fired,
-and Jack said, quickly:</p>
-
-<p>“Climb out of here as soon as you can. We
-must fly.”</p>
-
-<p>“But won’t they listen to reason?” demurred
-Hugo.</p>
-
-<p>“They can’t understand us. See yonder,
-Hugo, is a sled and some dogs. Get the boys
-there.”</p>
-
-<p>“You intend to take them away?”</p>
-
-<p>“I intend to escape as best we may before
-the Esquimaux return to the attack,” replied
-Jack, determinedly.</p>
-
-<p>As the natives made a forward movement
-the gun was again fired, and had the effect of
-checking their advance.</p>
-
-<p>They had some difficulty in urging the
-dogs away from the camp, but once started
-the sled flew over the snowy expanse.</p>
-
-<p>They were not followed by the Esquimaux,
-who were, doubtless, affrighted at the guns.</p>
-
-<p>After several hours Jack ordered a halt,
-and they found a shelter for the night, resuming
-their journey the next day.</p>
-
-<p>Several times on their way they passed ice
-huts and other evidences of the passage of
-recent travelers, such as broken sleds and
-scraps of food.</p>
-
-<p>At nightfall, two days later, they came to
-a settlement.</p>
-
-<p>Beyond it was the open sea.</p>
-
-<p>Anchored near the coast was a large ship.</p>
-
-<p>Snow huts and several rude frame houses
-were also visible.</p>
-
-<p>The first man they met as the sled stopped
-was a white man.</p>
-
-<p>He welcomed them cordially, and for the
-first time since leaving home they entered a
-house resembling those they had been used to
-live in.</p>
-
-<p>The man explained that the place was a
-whaling station known to most ships in the
-trade.</p>
-
-<p>The settlement had numerous Esquimaux
-among its population, and several of these
-and members of the crew of the ship at anchor
-soon gathered in the depot building, as
-it was called, to survey with curiosity the escaped
-castaways.</p>
-
-<p>Jack related the story of their adventures.
-In its narration he several times spoke of the
-Albatross and its crew.</p>
-
-<p>When he had concluded the man who had
-welcomed him turned to Will.</p>
-
-<p>“And this is Captain Bertram’s brother,
-eh?”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes,” replied Jack.</p>
-
-<p>“Do you know my brother, sir?” queried
-Will, anxiously.</p>
-
-<p>“We parted company a week ago.”</p>
-
-<p>“Then he is alive and well?”</p>
-
-<p>“He was at last accounts. He has gone
-about fifty miles down the coast.”</p>
-
-<p>“What for?”</p>
-
-<p>“To find a ship to return home in. There
-was none here then.”</p>
-
-<p>“And her crew?”</p>
-
-<p>“Are with him.”</p>
-
-<p>The information made Will excited and
-anxious, and he asked the man a score of
-questions about the Albatross.</p>
-
-<p>Jack, Hugo and the boys held a consultation
-that evening as to the best course for
-them to pursue.</p>
-
-<p>The ship at anchor sailed in a few days for
-the whaling grounds, and both Jack and
-Hugo could have found positions among the
-crew.</p>
-
-<p>The chances of finding ships returning
-home at the next station induced them to determine
-to go thither.</p>
-
-<p>There Will might find his brother, and the
-ensuing morning two Esquimaux agreed to
-drive them to their intended destination on
-their sleds.</p>
-
-<p>They came upon a ship in the ice before
-they reached the settlement, and were witnesses
-to the <a id="Ref_50a" href="#Ref_50">burial in the frozen deep of two
-sailors</a> who had died on shipboard.</p>
-
-<p>The lonely procession on the ice, the<span class="pagenum">[51]</span>
-strange lunar phenomena in the sky and the
-silence of the scene impressed them all with
-its solemnity.</p>
-
-<div id="Ref_50" class="figcenter">
-<img src="images/i50.jpg" alt="" />
-<div class="caption"><p class="center"><a href="#Ref_50a">AN ARCTIC FUNERAL</a>.</p></div>
-</div>
-
-<p>From the sailors they learned that several
-ships were intending to sail soon from the
-next station, and they traveled all that night,
-reaching the whaling depot at daylight.</p>
-
-<p>Will Bertram could scarcely contain himself
-when the sled stopped.</p>
-
-<p>A casual inquiry had revealed the fact that
-the crew of the Albatross were at the main
-building in the settlement, and Will rushed
-thither.</p>
-
-<p>A room crowded with bunks showed a
-dozen or more men just arising from sleep.</p>
-
-<p>Will’s heart in his mouth, he cried out,
-eagerly:</p>
-
-<p>“Captain Bertram!”</p>
-
-<p>“Here!” replied a hearty voice.</p>
-
-<p>Will dashed precipitately forward.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh! Alan! My brother, my brother! I
-have found you at last.”</p>
-
-
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_XXX">CHAPTER XXX.<br />
-<span class="cheaderfont">CAPTAIN ALAN BERTRAM.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p>It was Alan Bertram, his long-lost brother,
-bronzed and bearded and changed, but the
-same kindly eyes beamed down on the happy
-Will, and the same hearty voice welcomed
-him.</p>
-
-<p>“Will!” ejaculated the amazed Alan.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, yes, it is I, and you are alive whom
-we thought dead.”</p>
-
-<p>Captain Bertram acted like a man stunned
-by an unexpected blow. He sank to a bunk&mdash;Will
-never releasing his grasp on his hand&mdash;and
-could only stare blankly at Will for
-some moments.</p>
-
-<p>“How did you come here? It seems like
-a dream.”</p>
-
-<p>“It is no dream, but a reality,” cried Will.
-“I have been seeking you for a long time.
-We have followed you step by step from the
-wreck of the Albatross.”</p>
-
-<p>The sailors had crowded around them, interested
-and spellbound at the strange meeting.</p>
-
-<p>They listened intently as, at Alan’s request,
-Will began the story of his adventures.</p>
-
-<p>As he told of Captain Stephen Morris
-more than one excited and angry ejaculation
-interrupted him.</p>
-
-<p>“The scoundrel!”</p>
-
-<p>“He knew we were alive!”</p>
-
-<p>These and similar expressions broke from
-the sailors.</p>
-
-<p>At last Will concluded his story.</p>
-
-<p>As he did so Jack, Hugo and the boys entered
-the room.</p>
-
-<p>A cheery welcome greeted the trusty old
-sailors who had so faithfully guarded their
-young charges.</p>
-
-<p>A noisy scene ensued when the sailors discussed
-the actions of Captain Morris, whom
-they had believed to be dead.</p>
-
-<p>An inquiry from Jack led to Captain Bertram
-telling his story.</p>
-
-<p>It seems that the Albatross had made a
-most successful voyage.</p>
-
-<p>The ship had captured several whales, had
-a hold full of oil, and was returning, homeward
-bound, when adverse winds bore it
-into the storm area.</p>
-
-<p>The Albatross was driven north and cast
-upon the Arctic coast.</p>
-
-<p>The icebergs threatened to crush the ship,
-and the captain, believing they were not far
-out of the course of ships, determined to attempt
-to save the cargo.</p>
-
-<p>The barrels of oil were therefore landed
-and piled away in a nook near the coast.</p>
-
-<p>The next day the ice broke, carrying the
-Albatross some distance.</p>
-
-<p>The ship was wrecked, but not so badly
-but that it afforded a temporary home for the
-crew.</p>
-
-<p>They remained on the ship all through the
-rigorous winter, and then started to find a
-settlement.</p>
-
-<p>On the way Stephen Morris, in scaling an
-ice cliff, fell into the sea.</p>
-
-<p>They searched for him, but could not find
-him, and, giving him up for drowned, proceeded
-on their way.</p>
-
-<p>They built the ice huts the castaways had
-seen, and at last came upon a wandering tribe
-of Esquimaux.</p>
-
-<p>With them they lived for some months.
-They told them of the whale-oil deposit, and
-several of them and the crew visited the spot.</p>
-
-<p>They returned, amazed and disappointed.</p>
-
-<p>The barrels of oil had disappeared. Either
-they had been found by some ship or, the ice
-melting, had floated them into the sea.</p>
-
-<p>For many months the Albatross crew remained
-with the tribe, finally finding their
-way to the whaling station.</p>
-
-<p>Within a day or two Captain Bertram said
-they would sail for home on a whaler.</p>
-
-<p>This was his story, briefly told.</p>
-
-<p>“And you wonder where the oil went to,
-Captain?” he asked, with a curious look on
-his face.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes.”</p>
-
-<p>“And you wonder how Stephen Morris got
-rich?”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum">[52]</span></p>
-
-<p>“Ah! Then you suspect&mdash;”</p>
-
-<p>“That he is a villain and a robber.”</p>
-
-<p>“You have a theory?”</p>
-
-<p>“A very plausible one.”</p>
-
-<p>“What is it?”</p>
-
-<p>“He was not drowned at all.”</p>
-
-<p>“That seems certain.”</p>
-
-<p>“In some way he escaped. He found himself
-alone, and he remained around the ship.
-One day, I theorise, a ship came along.”</p>
-
-<p>“That’s possible.”</p>
-
-<p>“He was seen and taken aboard. They did
-not see the wreck of the Albatross.”</p>
-
-<p>“Well?”</p>
-
-<p>“He made up a false story about it being
-crushed in the ice and all aboard lost.”</p>
-
-<p>“What for?”</p>
-
-<p>“Because he wanted no witnesses against
-his crime.”</p>
-
-<p>“What crime?”</p>
-
-<p>“Robbery! He and the captain of the ship
-seized the oil as legally theirs and divided on
-it when they got into port.”</p>
-
-<p>“The villain!”</p>
-
-<p>“That he is, and he let you take the chances
-of perishing in the cold to carry out his
-plot.”</p>
-
-<p>This seemed very plausible, and when Jack
-told of the sinking of the Golden Moose their
-rage knew no bounds.</p>
-
-<p>“We’ll have him punished when we return,”
-they affirmed.</p>
-
-<p>A bountiful breakfast was prepared for the
-castaways, and they and the crew of the Albatross
-were a happy party all that day.</p>
-
-<p>Towards noon Captain Bertram led Will to
-a point some distance away where a ship was
-anchored.</p>
-
-<p>“You see the ice is beginning to break and
-float for good,” he said. “We will sail as
-soon as the channel is open; probably to-morrow.”</p>
-
-<p>When they returned to the depot he ordered
-the men to get their traps packed
-ready for conveying them to the ship.</p>
-
-<p>They comprised, mostly, relics of their
-Arctic experience, and the white bear-skin
-Jack’s party had secured was not forgotten.</p>
-
-<p>Captain Bertram got a sled ready and asked
-Will to aid him.</p>
-
-<p>“I haven’t much baggage,” he said, “but I
-have one article that I have clung to through
-all my adventures.”</p>
-
-<p>Under one of the bunks he pointed to a
-barrel. It was secured in a piece of sail
-cloth, and bore the captain’s name.</p>
-
-<p>“What is it?” asked Will, curiously.</p>
-
-<p>“Our fortune,” was Captain Bertram’s mysterious
-reply.</p>
-
-
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_XXXI">CHAPTER XXXI.<br />
-<span class="cheaderfont">A TERRIBLE EXPERIENCE.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p>“Our fortune?” repeated Will, in vague
-wonderment.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, Will,” replied Alan, looking around
-to see that they were not observed. “That
-cask contains valuable property. No matter
-what just now. I brought it from the ship
-to here, heavy as it is, and it has been a
-source of mystery to the crew all along. I
-had reasons for not telling them its contents,
-but if we succeed in getting it safely home
-we will be rich, and they shall not be forgotten.
-Some one is coming,” and the appearance
-of a sailor interrupted the conversation.</p>
-
-<p>The barrel was conveyed to the ship, and
-Captain Bertram, having some business to
-discuss with the captain of the ship, Will decided
-to return to the settlement.</p>
-
-<p>He did not go as they had come, by land,
-but in an adventurous spirit set out to cross
-on the ice, which was broken up and already
-floating.</p>
-
-<p>Leaping from cake to cake, he enjoyed the
-sport until he found himself on a large piece
-which, when he came to leave it, had floated
-several feet from any other piece.</p>
-
-<p>“It will float against some of them again,”
-he murmured, but to his consternation he observed
-that the entire mass was floating rapidly
-seawards.</p>
-
-<p>He had reason for apprehension now, for
-he was fast getting in open water.</p>
-
-<p>He could not venture to swim with his
-heavy clothing on, and besides the ice, if it
-came together, would crush him.</p>
-
-<p>His face paled as he saw that no one was
-in sight on land, and that the ice was moving
-in a swift current.</p>
-
-<p>“I am lost!” he cried, wildly. “Oh! why
-did I foolishly venture on the ice?”</p>
-
-<p>But it was too late to remedy his error,
-and he could only hope he might drift to
-some floe.</p>
-
-<p>Darkness came down over the scene. The
-shore had disappeared. He was afloat on a
-cake of ice in the open sea!</p>
-
-<p>The horrors of that night poor Will never
-forgot. At the very verge of a swift journey
-home with his recovered brother, the cup of
-happiness seemed dashed from his lips.</p>
-
-<p>In his awful peril eternity loomed
-before him, and, after an hour of fervent
-prayer, he resigned himself to his fate.</p>
-
-<p>In wandering over the piece of ice he
-slipped and fell. The contact with a jagged
-edge stunned him, and he knew no more.</p>
-
-<p>When he awakened to consciousness he<span class="pagenum">[53]</span>
-was lying in a warm, cozy bunk, a grizzled
-old sailor bending over him.</p>
-
-<p>His head was bandaged and he was weak
-and feverish.</p>
-
-<p>“Well, lad, you’ve come back to life at
-last, it seems,” spoke a gruff, but kindly
-voice.</p>
-
-<p>“Where am I?”</p>
-
-<p>“On board the whaler Penguin.”</p>
-
-<p>“How did I come here?”</p>
-
-<p>“Picked up on a floating cake of ice.”</p>
-
-<p>“When&mdash;last night?”</p>
-
-<p>The sailor laughed.</p>
-
-<p>“No, indeed. A week ago.”</p>
-
-<p>“And I have been here since?”</p>
-
-<p>“Under the surgeon’s care, yes.”</p>
-
-<p>“Then I must have been injured?”</p>
-
-<p>“You had an ugly cut in the head, and
-you’ve been delirious since.”</p>
-
-<p>Will thought of his brother Alan with
-anxiety as he contemplated his grief when
-he found him gone.</p>
-
-<p>He consoled himself with the thought,
-however, that Captain Bertram would soon
-sail for home.</p>
-
-<p>The Penguin made a rapid voyage.</p>
-
-<p>One bright morning the ship anchored at
-Portland.</p>
-
-<p>The captain provided Will with sufficient
-money to reach home.</p>
-
-<p>Hence he had sailed a stowaway months
-previous.</p>
-
-<p>He had returned as poor as he went away,
-but his experience had been of a character
-likely to benefit him in after years.</p>
-
-<p>He proceeded within twenty miles of
-Watertown by rail.</p>
-
-<p>A coach took him to Princeton, ten miles
-nearer.</p>
-
-<p>Here, just at dusk, he entered a little store
-to purchase something to eat, and was
-emerging a minute later, when he started
-and then stood dumbfounded.</p>
-
-<p>A man walking briskly had stopped as
-abruptly as himself.</p>
-
-<p>“Will Bertram!” cried the man, wildly.
-“What does this mean? How came you
-here?”</p>
-
-<p>It was Captain Stephen Morris!</p>
-
-
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_XXXII">CHAPTER XXXII.<br />
-<span class="cheaderfont">NEW PERILS.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p>The street was dark and deserted except
-where the two persons so strangely met stood
-staring at each other.</p>
-
-<p>Will’s first impulse was to fly under the
-influence of the old terror he felt of Captain
-Morris.</p>
-
-<p>The latter, however, recovering partly
-from his surprise, suddenly seized him by
-the arm.</p>
-
-<p>“Come with me,” was all he said, in a
-choked, unnatural tone.</p>
-
-<p>“I won’t!”</p>
-
-<p>Will struggled to get free, but Morris held
-him in a tight clasp.</p>
-
-<p>“You keep quiet, if you’re wise,” said Morris,
-menacingly. “I don’t want to hurt you.”</p>
-
-<p>“What do you want of me?”</p>
-
-<p>“To talk to you.”</p>
-
-<p>“I don’t want to talk with you. Let me
-go, Captain Morris.”</p>
-
-<p>But Morris held tightly to him, and almost
-dragged him along.</p>
-
-<p>At a retired spot on the confines of the
-village was a tavern.</p>
-
-<p>Will knew of it as a place of unsavory
-reputation, it being a low drinking den.</p>
-
-<p>“I won’t go to that place with you,” he appealed,
-holding back.</p>
-
-<p>“Well, you will.”</p>
-
-<p>Will struggled and shouted for help, but
-the Captain only laughed at him.</p>
-
-<p>“They are my friends yonder,” he said,
-“and your obstinacy won’t help you.”</p>
-
-<p>Will was compelled to accompany him
-through the narrow entrance to the living
-rooms of the tavern.</p>
-
-<p>A man, evidently the landlord, came to the
-door, but at a glance from Morris retired.</p>
-
-<p>The latter entered a room that was dark,
-except where the light showed from a transom
-looking into an adjoining room.</p>
-
-<p>From that apartment sounds of drinking
-and dispute arose.</p>
-
-<p>The air was foul with tobacco smoke and
-the fumes of liquor.</p>
-
-<p>Captain Morris flung Will into a chair and
-confronted him.</p>
-
-<p>“Now then,” he said, “I have a few questions
-to ask you.”</p>
-
-<p>Will was silent.</p>
-
-<p>“And I expect you to answer them,” he supplemented.</p>
-
-<p>“And then I can go?”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes.”</p>
-
-<p>“Very well. What is it?”</p>
-
-<p>“How did you escape from drowning on
-the Golden Moose?”</p>
-
-<p>“After you left us to sink&mdash;” began Will,
-but the captain interrupted him, impatiently.</p>
-
-<p>“After I left you to sink?”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes.”</p>
-
-<p>“I did nothing of the kind.”</p>
-
-<p>“You certainly put off in the long boat.”</p>
-
-<p>“The waves carried us away from the
-ship.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum">[54]</span></p>
-
-<p>“Oh, that was it?” remarked Will, incredulously.</p>
-
-<p>“Exactly. We tried to get back to the
-ship and couldn’t do it.”</p>
-
-<p>“Well,” resumed Will, “when we found
-the boat gone, Jack and Tom and I&mdash;”</p>
-
-<p>Captain Morris started.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, Jack escaped, too.”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, we floated away on a grating and
-were rescued by a raft.”</p>
-
-<p>“And where is Jack now?”</p>
-
-<p>“I don’t know.”</p>
-
-<p>“Did he come back with you?”</p>
-
-<p>“No.”</p>
-
-<p>Captain Morris looked mystified.</p>
-
-<p>Will was determined not to tell what he
-knew concerning the remainder of his adventures.</p>
-
-<p>“Where did you separate with Jack?” Morris
-asked.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, that was after we reached land.”</p>
-
-<p>“Where?”</p>
-
-<p>“Up around Barnell’s Point.”</p>
-
-<p>At hearing these words Captain Morris
-sprang to his feet.</p>
-
-<p>“What!” he almost shrieked out.</p>
-
-<p>“Around Barnell’s Point.”</p>
-
-<p>His hand trembled as he seized Will’s arm
-in a fierce grasp.</p>
-
-<p>“See here, boy,” he quavered, “what are
-you hiding from me?”</p>
-
-<p>“What should I hide?”</p>
-
-<p>“What do you know about Barnell’s
-Point?”</p>
-
-<p>“All. I was there.”</p>
-
-<p>“With Jack?”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes.”</p>
-
-<p>“How did you get there?”</p>
-
-<p>“We were wrecked.”</p>
-
-<p>“And how did you leave there?”</p>
-
-<p>“Part of the way on a sled.”</p>
-
-<p>“A sled?”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, Captain Morris, a sled made of part
-of the timbers of the Albatross.”</p>
-
-<p><a href="#Ref_55">As Will uttered these words Captain Morris
-fell to a chair</a>.</p>
-
-<p>A groan of apprehension passed his lips.</p>
-
-<p>In hoarse, stricken tones Will heard him
-murmur:</p>
-
-<p>“They have discovered all! I am lost&mdash;ruined!”</p>
-
-<div id="Ref_55" class="figcenter">
-<img src="images/i55.jpg" alt="" />
-</div>
-
-
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_XXXIII">CHAPTER XXXIII.<br />
-<span class="cheaderfont">ON THE YACHT.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p>For fully two minutes there was a lapse
-of dead silence, broken only by the commotion
-in the outside bar-room.</p>
-
-<p>Will sat watching Morris in the half light
-of the apartment with the keenest satisfaction.</p>
-
-<p>He realized that the latter was tormented
-over what he knew from Will’s disclosures
-to be the wreck of all his evil schemes.</p>
-
-<p>For if the true story of the Albatross was
-known, and his attempt to wreck the Golden
-Moose made public he might lose both his
-fortune and his liberty.</p>
-
-<p>It was not Will’s intention to reveal the
-entire truth to him, however.</p>
-
-<p>He was, in fact, now sorry that he had
-warned him to the extent he had.</p>
-
-<p>Finally the captain said:</p>
-
-<p>“You say you don’t know where Jack
-Marcy is?”</p>
-
-<p>“Not positively.”</p>
-
-<p>“Why not?”</p>
-
-<p>“Because I got separated from him and the
-others.”</p>
-
-<p>“What others?”</p>
-
-<p>“Castaways who were with us.”</p>
-
-<p>“Well?”</p>
-
-<p>“And I floated out to sea on a cake of ice.”</p>
-
-<p>“And was picked up?”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, and brought to Portland. Now then,
-Captain Morris, I’ve answered your questions
-and I wish to go.”</p>
-
-<p>“To tell people all about the Albatross?”</p>
-
-<p>“Why not?”</p>
-
-<p>“It will show my former story to have been
-a lie.”</p>
-
-<p>“Well, ain’t it one?”</p>
-
-<p>“Maybe. You’re a dangerous enemy to
-my interests, and for self-protection I think
-I’ll keep you here a few days.”</p>
-
-<p>“No, you won’t.”</p>
-
-<p>Will had made a dash for the door.</p>
-
-<p>Before Morris could interrupt him he had
-opened it and sprang into the next apartment.</p>
-
-<p>As he did so, and attempted to rush past
-the men who were there, one of them put his
-feet out.</p>
-
-<p>As Will stumbled over and fell to the floor
-he recognized him.</p>
-
-<p>It was Donald Parker, the manager and
-confidant of Captain Morris.</p>
-
-<p>He seemed to understand that Will was
-trying to escape.</p>
-
-<p>“Stop that boy!” yelled Morris from the
-next room.</p>
-
-<p>Parker sprang to the door and blocked
-Will’s exit.</p>
-
-<p>The latter turned to three men seated
-drinking and smoking.</p>
-
-<p>“They are trying to keep me here against
-my will!” he cried.</p>
-
-<p>At that moment Captain Morris entered the
-room.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum">[55]</span></p>
-
-<p>With a single blow of his fist he knocked
-Will to the floor.</p>
-
-<p>“You’ve killed him, captain,” spoke Parker,
-concernedly.</p>
-
-<p>“Nonsense, he’s only stunned. See here,
-men, you all know me?”</p>
-
-<p>“Very well, captain,” chimed in the denizens
-of the bar-room.</p>
-
-<p>“I’m your friend, and we’re working for
-mutual interests.”</p>
-
-<p>“In the smuggling trade; eh, captain?”
-laughed one of the men.</p>
-
-<p>“Never mind. This boy may ruin all our
-plans.”</p>
-
-<p>“Don’t let him.”</p>
-
-<p>“I don’t intend to. I intend to keep him a
-close prisoner for a few days, and no one
-must know of his being here. You understand,
-Jones?” he said, turning to the landlord.</p>
-
-<p>“You get me my liquor too cheap to have
-me meddle with your business,” replied the
-tavern-keeper.</p>
-
-<p>“Now boys,” continued Morris, “we must
-get him out of here.”</p>
-
-<p>“When?”</p>
-
-<p>“At once.”</p>
-
-<p>“Where are you going to take him to?”</p>
-
-<p>“To the old yacht.”</p>
-
-<p>“Anchored near Watertown?”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes.”</p>
-
-<p>“How are we going to get him there?”</p>
-
-<p>“One of you secure a horse and wagon at
-once.”</p>
-
-<p>Parker started out to fill Morris’ order.</p>
-
-<p>“When we get to the yacht I’ll explain
-this affair to you,” said the captain to the
-men.</p>
-
-<p>Half an hour later Morris, Parker and the
-three men, who were evidently familiar associates,
-left the bar-room.</p>
-
-<p>The captain exhorted the landlord to keep
-silent about Will, which he agreed to do.</p>
-
-<p>Will was placed, still insensible from Morris’
-cowardly blow, in a wagon.</p>
-
-<p>An hour or two later it stopped at a point
-on the coast near Watertown.</p>
-
-<p>Here a large yacht was moored.</p>
-
-<p>Will was placed in a compartment behind
-the little cabin of the yacht, in a rude bunk,
-still insensible.</p>
-
-<p>The horse and wagon were sent back to
-Princeton with one of the men, who was engaged
-to return as soon as possible.</p>
-
-<p>It was about midnight when Will awoke.</p>
-
-<p>He had a dull pain in his head, and he
-could not at first comprehend his situation.</p>
-
-<p>A small glass bull’s-eye looked out on the
-water, and through the cracks in the door he
-could see a light.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum">[56]</span></p>
-
-<p>He then decided that he was on a boat of
-some kind.</p>
-
-<p>He peered through the cracks of the door,
-and uttered a sigh of dismay.</p>
-
-<p>For he was still in the power of his enemy.</p>
-
-<p>Captain Morris and his four associates
-were seated at a table drinking.</p>
-
-<p>Parker was saying:</p>
-
-<p>“The boy sleeps a long time, Captain.
-Maybe he’ll never wake up.”</p>
-
-<p>“It might be the best thing for us if he
-never did,” was Morris’ brutal reply. “Now,
-then, mates, let me explain to you my scheme,
-and why this boy’s appearance bids fair to
-spoil it for us.”</p>
-
-<p>Will came nearer to the door and prepared
-to listen to some startling revelations.</p>
-
-
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_XXXIV">CHAPTER XXXIV.<br />
-<span class="cheaderfont">IMPRISONED.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p>“When the Golden Moose sunk in mid-ocean,”
-were Captain Morris’ first words, “I
-believed that Jack Marcy, the boatswain,
-went down with the ship.”</p>
-
-<p>“Did he know of your plot, captain?” inquired
-Parker.</p>
-
-<p>“He suspected it. I returned to Portland
-and filed my claim for the insurance money.”</p>
-
-<p>“Ship and cargo?”</p>
-
-<p>“Exactly, although there was no cargo except
-a few empty casks and boxes labeled
-merchandise. As I said, I supposed Marcy
-and Will Bertram and Tom Dalton were
-drowned.”</p>
-
-<p>“And they ain’t?” inquired one of the
-sailors.</p>
-
-<p>“No. This boy returns and says they are
-still in the Arctic regions. If so, we are
-safe.”</p>
-
-<p>“But they are alive?”</p>
-
-<p>“True; but I only want to keep the boy
-quiet a week and Marcy away, and our plans
-will be completed.”</p>
-
-<p>“You mean the insurance money?”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes. That will be paid over soon. I have
-converted all my other property into money,
-and we will leave Watertown before the
-truth is known. This boy also spoke of the
-Albatross. When I returned I reported that
-ship lost with all on board but myself. Instead,
-I had made a bargain with the captain,
-who rescued me, to seize the oil the
-Albatross had stored away, and we divided
-the profits.”</p>
-
-<p>“You’re in a bad box, captain, if the truth
-gets out.”</p>
-
-<p>“It mustn’t. This boy must be kept a close
-prisoner until the insurance money is collected.”</p>
-
-<p>Will was horrified at the cool villainy displayed
-by Morris. He only hoped that ere
-his evil schemes were put into operation some
-of the crew of the Albatross would return to
-Watertown.</p>
-
-<p>Captain Morris visited him the next morning
-and endeavored to induce him to tell
-more of Jack and his whereabouts.</p>
-
-<p>Will, however, refused to do so.</p>
-
-<p>“You’ll stay here till you do,” said Morris.</p>
-
-<p>“I’d stay here even if I did,” replied Will,
-boldly. “You are sailing in deep waters,
-Captain Morris, and you will yet regret all
-your crimes and my detention here.”</p>
-
-<p>His meals were brought to him regularly.</p>
-
-<p>Twice he endeavored to force the door
-leading to the cabin, but was unsuccessful.</p>
-
-<p>The glass bull’s-eye might be easily removed,
-but he could not creep through the
-aperture.</p>
-
-<p>Besides, there was always some one of the
-crew in the cabin or on deck.</p>
-
-<p>The yacht, which was moored at a rocky
-and isolated portion of the coast, remained
-there for some days.</p>
-
-<p>One morning the captain came into the
-cabin, where Parker was seated, with an excited
-face.</p>
-
-<p>“Any news, captain?” inquired the latter.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes.”</p>
-
-<p>“About the insurance money?”</p>
-
-<p>“Exactly. A letter from Portland.”</p>
-
-<p>“They will pay it?”</p>
-
-<p>“On demand.”</p>
-
-<p>“Then we sail?”</p>
-
-<p>“This afternoon.”</p>
-
-<p>Parker pointed to Will’s prison.</p>
-
-<p>“What about the boy?” he asked.</p>
-
-<p>“We’ll take him with us until the affair is
-settled.”</p>
-
-<p>That afternoon the men made ready to
-start on their voyage up the coast.</p>
-
-<p>Will’s heart sank as he realized that he was
-again leaving the vicinity of home.</p>
-
-<p>He had tried to patiently suffer his forced
-imprisonment, but he grew sad and tearful
-as he thought of his parents, and all his happy
-anticipations of meeting them dashed rudely
-to the ground.</p>
-
-<p>The yacht started on its voyage, and, skirting
-the coast, crossed the harbor channel at
-Watertown.</p>
-
-<p>Will, through the little window, could discern
-in the near distance many familiar land-marks.</p>
-
-<p>As the yacht started on its course northward
-a stately ship passed up the harbor.</p>
-
-<p>The yacht barely cleared its bows.</p>
-
-<p>Will, looking back, started, regarded the<span class="pagenum">[57]</span>
-ship closely, caught sight of several persons
-on the deck and uttered a wild ejaculation of
-surprise and delight.</p>
-
-<p>Then, seizing a heavy piece of wood broken
-from the hunk, he struck desperately at the
-window.</p>
-
-<p>The glass bull’s-eye was shattered into a
-myriad of fragments.</p>
-
-<p>And, pressing his pale and excited face to
-the opening, Will Bertram cried wildly in
-the direction of the passing ship:</p>
-
-<p>“Help! Help! Help!”</p>
-
-
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_XXXV">CHAPTER XXXV.<br />
-<span class="cheaderfont">THE RESCUED CASTAWAYS.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p>While Will Bertram was passing through
-strange and varied adventures the friends he
-had left behind him at the whaling station
-were mourning him as lost.</p>
-
-<p>Captain Bertram missed him when he returned
-to the settlement, and search was at
-once instituted.</p>
-
-<p>He learned that Will had not returned by
-land. He must, therefore, have attempted to
-cross on the ice.</p>
-
-<p>The field had broken up and floated to sea,
-and it was believed that Will had been carried
-away in this manner.</p>
-
-<p>A small boat searched along the coast, but
-after a long quest no trace was found of the
-missing boy.</p>
-
-<p>“He has been drowned,” decided Captain
-Bertram at last.</p>
-
-<p>“Don’t say that, captain,” said old Jack,
-hopefully. “He may have been picked up
-by some ship.”</p>
-
-<p>The next day the captain and crew of the
-Albatross set sail on the whaler for home.
-Jack, Hugo and Tom accompanied them.</p>
-
-<p>They made a rapid and uneventful voyage.</p>
-
-<p>Captain Bertram was continually under the
-gloom of his bereavement.</p>
-
-<p>“Poor Will,” he would say; “what will the
-old folks say when they learn he is lost?”</p>
-
-<p>“Cheer up, captain,” said Jack. “Will ain’t
-the boy to give up easily, and had a dozen
-chances for escape. He may be home before
-we are.”</p>
-
-<p>As the ship neared home the action of
-Captain Morris was discussed.</p>
-
-<p>“He shall be arrested at once,” said Captain
-Bertram, sternly. “It is his wickedness that
-caused all our troubles.”</p>
-
-<p>“We must give him no warning,” said Jack,
-“or he will escape.”</p>
-
-<p>One morning the ship started down the
-coast for Watertown.</p>
-
-<p>The crew were excited and anxious to
-reach their native land once more.</p>
-
-<p>As the ship sailed into the harbor channel
-they passed a small yawl, outward bound.</p>
-
-<p>Jack watched the little craft intently.</p>
-
-<p>There were four men visible on deck, three
-of whom were strangers to him.</p>
-
-<p>The fourth, however, he recognized at a
-glance.</p>
-
-<p>“Look there, captain!” he cried to Alan.</p>
-
-<p>“Who is it?”</p>
-
-<p>“Donald Parker, Captain Morris’ right-hand
-man!”</p>
-
-<p>“Then Morris himself may be on board?”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes; see, he is there, just coming out of
-the cabin!”</p>
-
-<p>If Jack had had his way the ship would have
-stopped the yacht, so anxious was he to see
-Morris apprehended for his many crimes.</p>
-
-<p>The yacht crossed the bows of the ship.</p>
-
-<p>Jack, following it with his glance, saw a
-strange sight at its stern.</p>
-
-<p>The glass bull’s-eye in the rear of the cabin
-was suddenly broken out.</p>
-
-<p>A white face appeared at the opening, and
-a voice cried loudly for help.</p>
-
-<p>“Captain! Captain! Look there!” shouted
-Jack.</p>
-
-<p>He was almost frantic with amazement and
-excitement.</p>
-
-<p>“What is it?” asked Alan.</p>
-
-<p>“Will, your brother!”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, it cannot be; Jack&mdash;Jack are you
-sure?”</p>
-
-<p>“I am positive I saw him. Now he is
-gone. Quick, get one of the boats out; we
-must overtake them. Some new villainy is
-afloat!”</p>
-
-<p>Will had disappeared from the window.</p>
-
-<p>His cries had been heard by Morris, who
-had instantly rushed below.</p>
-
-<p>He burst into the compartment where Will
-was, wild with rage.</p>
-
-<p>He dragged him away from the window
-and locked him in a dark part of the hold.</p>
-
-<p>Just then Parker came rushing to where
-he was.</p>
-
-<p>“We’re in a bad box, captain,” he said.</p>
-
-<p>“What’s the matter?”</p>
-
-<p>“The boy’s cries.”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, I heard them and stopped him.”</p>
-
-<p>“Too late.”</p>
-
-<p>“What do you mean?”</p>
-
-<p>“The men on the ship we passed heard
-him.”</p>
-
-<p>“What of it?”</p>
-
-<p>“It’s a whaler.”</p>
-
-<p>“Well?”</p>
-
-<p>“Homeward bound.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum">[58]</span></p>
-
-<p>“They won’t pay any attention to the boy.”</p>
-
-<p>“They will, and have, for he had friends on
-board.”</p>
-
-<p>Morris started violently.</p>
-
-<p>“Friends,” he repeated, a vague suspicion
-of the truth entering his mind.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, and one of them was Jack Marcy.”</p>
-
-<p>Morris turned pale and hastened to the
-deck, followed by Parker.</p>
-
-<p>One glance in the direction of the whaler
-revealed the true state of affairs.</p>
-
-<p>He saw several men letting down a yawl.
-Two of them he recognized&mdash;Alan Bertram
-and Jack Marcy!</p>
-
-
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_XXXVI">CHAPTER XXXVI.<br />
-<span class="cheaderfont">AT PORTLAND.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p>When Jack Marcy saw Will Bertram’s face
-at the window in the boat he instantly comprehended,
-as he had said, that some new
-villainy was afloat.</p>
-
-<p>It was enough for him to know that he was
-a prisoner and in Captain Morris’ power.</p>
-
-<p>He acted on a quick impulse as he saw
-movements on board the yacht which indicated
-that its crew were about to proceed
-rapidly.</p>
-
-<p>Rushing to the captain of the ship which
-had brought them home, he asked, hurriedly:
-“Can we have a boat, captain?”</p>
-
-<p>“What for?”</p>
-
-<p>“To follow that yacht. The man we came
-back here to arrest is upon it, and a friend of
-ours is a prisoner aboard.”</p>
-
-<p>A boat was instantly lowered, and Jack,
-Alan, and several sailors sprang to the oars.</p>
-
-<p>Meanwhile this action had been discerned
-from the yacht.</p>
-
-<p>“They are coming on board, captain,” said
-Parker to Morris.</p>
-
-<p>“We won’t let them.”</p>
-
-<p>“Shall we crowd sail?”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes.”</p>
-
-<p>“We can soon outrun them,” and Parker
-gave the necessary orders to his assistants.
-They soon left the yawl behind.</p>
-
-<p>They saw their disappointed pursuers
-abandon the chase and return to the ship.</p>
-
-<p>“We’re safe, captain,” said Parker, triumphantly.</p>
-
-<p>“For a time, yes.”</p>
-
-<p>“They will follow us later, you think?”</p>
-
-<p>“Of course. They have seen the boy.”</p>
-
-<p>“You are sure of it?”</p>
-
-<p>“Didn’t he shout to them? We must act
-quickly in what we do, Parker.”</p>
-
-<p>“What is your plan?”</p>
-
-<p>“To run to Portland.”</p>
-
-<p>“They may follow us in a faster ship.”</p>
-
-<p>“We have too great a start of them, and
-they may not suspect we are going there.”</p>
-
-<p>“You intend to collect the insurance
-money?”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes.”</p>
-
-<p>“And then?”</p>
-
-<p>“Land the boy and sail to some distant
-port.”</p>
-
-<p>All that afternoon and night the yacht
-sailed before a swift breeze.</p>
-
-<p>The next day about noon the craft landed
-at the wharf at Portland.</p>
-
-<p>There had been no indications of a pursuing
-ship.</p>
-
-<p>“I will return soon,” said Captain Morris.</p>
-
-<p>He had taken the papers about the lost
-Moose with him, and his intention was to
-visit the office of the company in which the
-ship was insured.</p>
-
-<p>He had nearly reached his destination
-when he drew back in the shelter of a doorway.</p>
-
-<p>Just entering the building where the insurance
-company was located were three
-men.</p>
-
-<p>Two of them he recognized as Jack Marcy
-and Alan Bertram.</p>
-
-<p>The other he assumed to be a detective.</p>
-
-<p>“They have suspected all,” he murmured,
-in deep chagrin, “and have hurried here by
-rail to prevent my collecting the money.
-There’s nothing left but flight now.”</p>
-
-<p>He hurriedly returned to the yacht.</p>
-
-<p>Parker stood conversing with a stranger,
-and his face was ominous of some new complicating
-disaster to their cherished plans.</p>
-
-<p>“Are you Captain Morris?” asked the
-stranger.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes. Get ready to sail, Parker.”</p>
-
-<p>“Not just yet, captain,” said the stranger,
-coolly.</p>
-
-<p>“What do you mean?”</p>
-
-<p>“I have orders to keep the yacht and crew
-here for further orders.”</p>
-
-<p>“Who from?”</p>
-
-<p>“The chief of police.”</p>
-
-<p>Morris’ face fell.</p>
-
-<p>“I don’t understand,” he stammered.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, yes you do, captain,” replied the
-stranger. “I’m a detective, and your scheme
-to collect money for a ship you sunk is
-known.”</p>
-
-<p>Morris stood dumbfounded for a moment
-or two.</p>
-
-<p>There was a dangerous gleam in his eye as
-he asked the stranger:</p>
-
-<p>“I am under arrest, then?”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum">[59]</span></p>
-
-<p>“Well, yes. That’s about it. Some officers
-will be here shortly.”</p>
-
-<p>“The charge is a false one,” ventured Morris.</p>
-
-<p>“The two men who came from Watertown
-an hour since and went with a detective to
-the office of the insurance company and sent
-me here to watch for the yacht, don’t seem to
-think so.”</p>
-
-<p>“They have no proofs.”</p>
-
-<p>“They have evidence enough to demand
-your arrest. Then there is the proof the
-boy furnished.”</p>
-
-<p>“What boy?”</p>
-
-<p>“The one you have locked up in the hold
-of the yacht.”</p>
-
-<p>Captain Morris looked utterly crestfallen.</p>
-
-<p>“What proof?” he stammered out.</p>
-
-<p>“He seemed to have dropped a rough penciled
-letter telling of your intention of coming
-here, from the cabin window. It was
-picked up by his brother and his companion.”</p>
-
-<p>Captain Morris was in a desperate strait.</p>
-
-<p>The evidence against him was overwhelming,
-and he realized would certainly send him
-to prison.</p>
-
-<p>He acted promptly in his dilemma.</p>
-
-<p>Suddenly, seizing an iron bar lying near at
-hand, he dealt the detective a heavy blow.</p>
-
-<p>The latter sank insensible to the deck.</p>
-
-<p>“Fling him on the wharf,” ordered Morris,
-excitedly, “and set sail for the open sea at
-once.”</p>
-
-<p>Ten minutes later, when other officers
-came to the place, they found their fellow-officer
-just recovering from the effects of
-Captain Morris’ stunning blow and the yacht
-gone.</p>
-
-
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_XXXVII">CHAPTER XXXVII.<br />
-<span class="cheaderfont">WILL’S ESCAPE.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p>Will Bertram, locked in the cabin apartment,
-could only imagine what was going on
-outside from the movements of the yacht
-and of its crew.</p>
-
-<p>There was a little port-hole in the place
-where he was, but it did not admit of his
-looking out to any advantage.</p>
-
-<p>He knew that the yacht had reached its
-destination, but when, an hour later, it again
-set sail his heart sank at the uncertainty of
-his situation.</p>
-
-<p>Once he tried the door of the place. It
-was locked, but he found he could easily
-burst it open.</p>
-
-<p>To do this and have his escape discovered,
-however, would only be to subject himself to
-renewed abuse at the hands of Captain
-Morris.</p>
-
-<p>He could look into the cabin through a little
-window, and here he stationed himself.</p>
-
-<p>“I will try to escape to-night,” he decided
-mentally, and he waited patiently for night
-to come.</p>
-
-<p>The cabin was not visited for several hours
-after the yacht reached and left Portland.</p>
-
-<p>At last, however, the boat came to a stop.
-A few minutes later Captain Morris and Parker
-came into the cabin.</p>
-
-<p>“Are we going to stay here for the night?”
-the latter asked.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes,” replied Morris.</p>
-
-<p>“Do you think it safe?”</p>
-
-<p>“Why not?”</p>
-
-<p>“We cannot have traveled over forty
-miles.”</p>
-
-<p>“But this is an unfrequented part of the
-coast. We will decide what to do by the
-morning. That boy has spoiled all our
-plans.”</p>
-
-<p>“Then you have given up all idea of the insurance
-money?”</p>
-
-<p>“I shall be glad if we get free and can get
-enough from the sale of the yacht to take us
-to some distant place.”</p>
-
-<p>“You have the money from the sale of your
-property at Watertown?”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, all but the Bertram mortgage. I ordered
-my lawyer to foreclose and sell old
-Bertram out. I’m glad I did now,” remarked
-Morris, with malignant satisfaction expressed
-on his evil features.</p>
-
-<p>“You’ll never get it.”</p>
-
-<p>“I’ll have the pleasure of knowing that
-I’ve paid off this boy for making all this
-trouble.”</p>
-
-<p>Parker looked avariciously at the well-filled
-pocket-book that Morris exhibited as
-he looked over some papers it contained.</p>
-
-<p>At that moment one of the crew came
-below.</p>
-
-<p>“Well?” said Morris, interrogatively.</p>
-
-<p>“We’re moored for the night.”</p>
-
-<p>“All right. Tell the others to watch for an
-hour or two.”</p>
-
-<p>“All right, captain.”</p>
-
-<p>The sailor returned to the deck, but soon
-reappeared.</p>
-
-<p>Morris ordered him to bring them some
-liquor from a cupboard.</p>
-
-<p>The man did so, and placed a bottle before
-Morris.</p>
-
-<p>“Not that one,” said the latter.</p>
-
-<p>“Why not, captain?”</p>
-
-<p>“Because it’s drugged. We used that to
-dose the revenue officers in our last smuggling
-expedition.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum">[60]</span></p>
-
-<p>The sailor brought out another bottle, and
-the trio sat down and began drinking freely.</p>
-
-<p>“We’ll look around the deck and all come
-below and have a game of cards, I guess,”
-remarked Morris, finally.</p>
-
-<p>The next moment the cabin was deserted.</p>
-
-<p>Will Bertram had been an interested listener
-and witness to all that had occurred.</p>
-
-<p>A wild notion to secure liberty came into
-his mind as he recalled the episode of the
-two bottles of liquor.</p>
-
-<p>He determined on a bold plan to render
-himself master of the yacht.</p>
-
-<p>Without much effort he broke open the
-door and gained the cabin.</p>
-
-<p>Going to the cupboard, he took the bottle
-Morris had said contained the drug and
-mixed the greater portion of it with the liquor
-on the table.</p>
-
-<p>He regained his covert just as Morris and
-the men re-entered the cabin.</p>
-
-<p>In a few minutes the party were engaged
-in playing games with a greasy pack of cards
-and drinking the drugged liquor.</p>
-
-<p>Will noticed that Parker drank less heavily
-than his companions, and that he watched the
-captain narrowly.</p>
-
-<p>An hour later the game was played slowly
-and the men seemed to become drowsy.</p>
-
-<p>The drugged liquor had done its work.
-Will was in a fever of anxiety as he noticed
-that Parker alone seemed to resist the effects
-of the drug.</p>
-
-<p>Even he, as he observed that all of his companions
-slumbered deeply, with difficulty
-arose to his feet.</p>
-
-<p>He came over to where Morris sat and then
-seemed to reflect.</p>
-
-<p>“The pocket-book contains a fortune for
-me,” he muttered, “and if I stay with Morris
-I’ll be sure to get into trouble. I declare I’m
-feeling dizzy and sleepy; I’ll wait and take
-the pocket-book l-a-t-e-r.”</p>
-
-<p>He sank to a chair as he spoke. His eyelids
-drooped. He was asleep.</p>
-
-<p>Will waited only a single moment. He
-pushed open the door and crept into the cabin
-past the sleeping men and to the deck of the
-yacht.</p>
-
-<p>“Free!” he cried, delightedly. “I am out
-of Captain Morris’ power at last.”</p>
-
-
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_XXXVIII">CHAPTER XXXVIII.<br />
-<span class="cheaderfont">ON THE YACHT.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p>Will’s first impulse as he regained his freedom
-was to fly instantly from the boat, which
-an enforced imprisonment had made hateful
-to him.</p>
-
-<p>He paused, however, as he remembered the
-issues at stake.</p>
-
-<p>“When Captain Morris regains consciousness
-he will fly with his associates. The
-money, too!” cried Will. “Does it not belong
-to the Albatross, for he robbed the ship of its
-cargo?”</p>
-
-<p>But what could he do with four men, even
-if asleep and harmless for the time being?
-He might bind them, but alone he could not
-manage the yacht.</p>
-
-<p>He scanned the landscape searchingly. A
-long distance away gleamed a light to the far
-interior, probably that of some isolated farm
-house.</p>
-
-<p>Will determined to go thither, and let developments
-guide his future movements.</p>
-
-<p>It took him over half an hour to reach the
-place where the light he had seen was located.</p>
-
-<p>It proved to be as he had supposed&mdash;a farm
-house. He knocked at the door, and an old
-man met him.</p>
-
-<p>Will was somewhat incoherent and excited
-at first as he told his story in brief.</p>
-
-<p>The old farmer was almost incredulous
-when Will exposed the villainy of Morris
-and his associates.</p>
-
-<p>“And you want some help in getting the
-yacht back to Portland and putting these
-scoundrels in jail, eh?” he remarked. “Well,
-I’ll help you.”</p>
-
-<p>He called his two sons, and they were soon
-on their way to the yacht.</p>
-
-<p>When they arrived they found Morris and
-the others still insensible.</p>
-
-<p>The farmer secured some stout ropes and
-tied them securely.</p>
-
-<p>Then, with his sons, he manned the yacht,
-and, Will deciding that two of them could
-take it to Portland, left one of his sons to
-complete the voyage.</p>
-
-<p>They estimated the direction and location
-of their intended destination, and Will knew
-enough about a ship to sail the yacht.</p>
-
-<p>It was morning when the boat reached
-Portland.</p>
-
-<p>It had required all the attention of Will
-and the farmer’s son to manage the yacht,
-and they had not paid any attention to their
-prisoners.</p>
-
-<p>The boat safely landed, however, a loud
-series of cries from the cabin caused Will to
-go below.</p>
-
-<p>Captain Morris, red in the face and wild
-with rage, glared at him and endeavored
-vainly to break his bonds.</p>
-
-<p>“Is this your work?” he raved.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum">[61]</span></p>
-
-<p>“Yes, Captain Morris. The tables are
-turned now, and you are my prisoner.”</p>
-
-<p>Parker, who was also awake, groaned audibly.</p>
-
-<p>“Where are we?” he asked.</p>
-
-<p>“At Portland, and you will soon be in jail.”</p>
-
-<p>Captain Morris chafed in silence for some
-time. Finally he said:</p>
-
-<p>“See here, boy.”</p>
-
-<p>“Well, Captain Morris?”</p>
-
-<p>“Who’s on deck with you?”</p>
-
-<p>“A man who won’t let you get loose. So
-don’t try any tricks.”</p>
-
-<p>“Do you want to be rich?”</p>
-
-<p>“Not with your money.”</p>
-
-<p>“Listen. Release us and I’ll give you a
-thousand dollars.”</p>
-
-<p>Will laughed.</p>
-
-<p>“You haven’t got it to give me.”</p>
-
-<p>“I have ten times that amount in my pocket
-book.”</p>
-
-<p>“It ain’t yours.”</p>
-
-<p>“Whose, then?”</p>
-
-<p>“It was stolen from the owners of the Albatross.”</p>
-
-<p>Morris scowled deeply at Will’s words.</p>
-
-<p>“They’ll have to prove it’s theirs,” he cried,
-“and I’ll risk their getting it. I have one
-satisfaction. Your family will be turned out
-of their home before another week.”</p>
-
-<p>Will was silent and abruptly left the cabin.</p>
-
-<p>He had confidence enough in his own ability
-and that of his brother Alan to make
-some arrangement for adjusting the matter
-of the mortgage.</p>
-
-<p>Going up on the deck he instructed his assistant
-to keep a close watch over the prisoners.</p>
-
-<p>“Are you going away?” asked the latter.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes.”</p>
-
-<p>“Where?”</p>
-
-<p>“For the police.”</p>
-
-<p>“You are going to have these men arrested?”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes. I shall return shortly.”</p>
-
-<p>Will went to the police station and asked
-for the officer in charge.</p>
-
-<p>A few words of inquiry revealed the fact
-that Captain Bertram and Jack Marcy were
-expected at the station that morning.</p>
-
-<p>“Do you know where they are stopping?”
-inquired Will.</p>
-
-<p>The officer named a hotel near by.</p>
-
-<p>Will hastened there at once. Just as he
-was crossing the vestibule he saw two familiar
-forms.</p>
-
-<p>“Alan&mdash;Jack!” he cried, as he rushed to
-where they were.</p>
-
-<p>“Will!” cried Alan, in delighted tones.
-“You are free? You have escaped?”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, last night.”</p>
-
-<p>“And Captain Morris?”</p>
-
-<p>“He and his crew are prisoners on board
-the yacht.”</p>
-
-
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_XXXIX">CHAPTER XXXIX.<br />
-<span class="cheaderfont">THE PRISONERS.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p>For several minutes Will Bertram was kept
-busy answering his brother’s rapid questions.
-He told Alan of all that had occurred, and
-the latter expressed the keenest satisfaction
-at the result of Will’s shrewdness and patience.</p>
-
-<p>“We sent a ship in pursuit of the yacht
-after it left Portland,” he explained to Will.</p>
-
-<p>“Are you going to the boat?” asked Jack.</p>
-
-<p>“No; to the police station first.”</p>
-
-<p>Here the officer in charge was made acquainted
-with all the recent facts of the case.</p>
-
-<p>A detail of men were sent with Captain
-Bertram and his friends.</p>
-
-<p>When they arrived at the yacht Morris and
-his companions were handcuffed and brought
-on deck.</p>
-
-<p>The former did not speak a word, but glared
-in silence at Alan.</p>
-
-<p>He knew that he was foiled in all his evil
-plans, and his heart was filled with hatred
-toward those he had wronged.</p>
-
-<p>Captain Bertram dismissed Will’s assistant,
-the farmer’s son, with a moneyed reward for
-his aid.</p>
-
-<p>The yacht was taken in charge by the police,
-who at once marched their prisoners to
-the station.</p>
-
-<p>Here Morris was searched. To Will’s
-amazement the most persistent quest failed
-to reveal Captain Morris’ well-filled pocket-book.</p>
-
-<p>He now wished he had taken it when the
-opportunity had presented itself.</p>
-
-<p>Morris’ eyes gleamed with satisfaction as
-Will said to Alan:</p>
-
-<p>“He had a pocket-book containing money
-he openly boasted was indirectly the proceeds
-of the oil he stole from the Albatross.”</p>
-
-<p>“You won’t find it, either,” cried Morris,
-malignantly.</p>
-
-<p>They were forced to remain in the dark as
-to its mysterious disappearance, and Morris
-and his accomplices were taken to the cells
-of the station.</p>
-
-<p>From the station Captain Bertram, Jack
-and Will repaired for the office of the insurance
-company.</p>
-
-<p>Here Alan consulted with the officers, who
-decided to prosecute Morris for sinking the
-Golden Moose and attempting to collect the
-insurance money fraudulently.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum">[62]</span></p>
-
-<p>They advised Captain Bertram to at once
-begin a civil suit for the recovery of the
-amount Morris had received from the stolen
-whale oil.</p>
-
-<p>He told him he could seize on the yacht
-until the case was tried in court.</p>
-
-<p>They made a last visit to the police station
-before leaving Portland.</p>
-
-<p>The officer then informed Captain Bertram
-that one of the prisoners wished to see him.</p>
-
-<p>“Which one?” asked Alan.</p>
-
-<p>“The man they call Parker. He seems
-very uneasy and has been upbraiding Morris
-for getting him into trouble. Will you see
-him?”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes.”</p>
-
-<p>Parker was brought from the cells, and
-asked to see Alan alone.</p>
-
-<p>They were shown into a private room.</p>
-
-<p>“Well, what is it?” inquired Alan.</p>
-
-<p>“I wanted to say that I had nothing to do
-with all Captain Morris’ schemes.”</p>
-
-<p>“You were in his confidence all the time,”
-replied Alan.</p>
-
-<p>“That may be, but I didn’t help sink the
-ship. I have a proposition to make to you.”</p>
-
-<p>“What is it?”</p>
-
-<p>“If you won’t prosecute I’ll tell all about
-the Captain’s schemes.”</p>
-
-<p>“I know them already.”</p>
-
-<p>“I’ll tell you who the Captain is he
-divided with on the oil, and you can make
-him pay it back.”</p>
-
-<p>Alan was silent.</p>
-
-<p>“I’ll also tell you where Morris hid his
-pocket book.”</p>
-
-<p>“I can’t agree to compromise a crime,” said
-Alan, “but if you try to repair your wrong I
-will try to make your punishment as light as
-possible.”</p>
-
-<p>“All right, Captain. I hope you will. I
-never would have stayed with Morris, only
-he knew I had been in jail and threatened to
-have me arrested again.”</p>
-
-<p>“And the pocket book?”</p>
-
-<p>“Here it is. Morris handed it to me while
-the officers were not looking.”</p>
-
-<p>Alan left the pocket book with the police,
-and that night he and Will and Jack started
-homeward bound for Watertown.</p>
-
-
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_XL">CHAPTER XL.<br />
-<span class="cheaderfont">ALAN’S FORTUNE.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p>It was a happy family party that gathered
-around the humble fireside of Solomon Bertram
-the day following the occurrences described
-in the last chapter.</p>
-
-<p>Will Bertram never forgot the tearful, delighted
-welcome he received when his father
-and mother folded him in their arms with
-grateful hearts as one from the dead.</p>
-
-<p>Willis and Tom and Hugo were also there,
-and, when the first raptures of welcome had
-subsided, the boys retired to a corner and
-talked over their past adventures, while the
-older people discussed the more momentous
-issues of the hour.</p>
-
-<p>It was towards evening when an interruption
-to the harmony of the happy reunion
-occurred.</p>
-
-<p>A knock at the door was followed by the
-entrance of a man the Bertrams knew very
-well.</p>
-
-<p>It was Captain Morris’ lawyer, Mr. Rowe.
-He nodded to the occupants of the room and
-then addressed himself to Mr. Bertram.</p>
-
-<p>“I wished to see you privately, Mr. Bertram,”
-he said.</p>
-
-<p>“You can speak out,” replied Will’s father.
-“It’s about the mortgage, I suppose?”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes. Captain Morris has ordered me to
-proceed in the matter.”</p>
-
-<p>“In what way?”</p>
-
-<p>“The last interest note is past due.”</p>
-
-<p>“If you would wait a few days I might be
-able to pay it.”</p>
-
-<p>“I can’t wait, Mr. Bertram. Captain Morris’
-orders were definite.”</p>
-
-<p>Mr. Bertram looked anxious and troubled.</p>
-
-<p>Alan stepped forward abruptly.</p>
-
-<p>“How much is it?” he asked.</p>
-
-<p>“The interest note&mdash;”</p>
-
-<p>“No; the entire amount of this mortgage.”</p>
-
-<p>The lawyer looked surprised, but named
-the amount.</p>
-
-<p>“I will pay it,” said Alan.</p>
-
-<p>“You?” cried Mr. Bertram, amazedly.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes,” and Captain Bertram drew from his
-pocket a large wallet.</p>
-
-<p>It was filled to repletion with bills of large
-denomination.</p>
-
-<p>“Alan! Alan!” cried Mrs. Bertram, “where
-did you get all that money?”</p>
-
-<p>“It’s mine, honestly earned. Never fear,
-mother,” replied Alan, a proud smile on his
-lips. “Now, Mr. Rowe, there’s your money,
-and that pays the mortgage.”</p>
-
-<p>Mr. Rowe muttered something about being
-sorry he had to act so harshly, but it was
-Morris’ orders.</p>
-
-<p>Then he handed the papers to Alan and
-left the house.</p>
-
-<p>Tears of joy stood in Mr. Bertram’s eyes as
-he clasped his son’s hand.</p>
-
-<p>“You have saved us from homelessness in
-our old age, but what does this mystery of the
-money mean, you who lost all in the Albatross?”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum">[63]</span></p>
-
-<p>Alan smiled mysteriously, while old
-Jack chuckled serenely.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s quite a story,” said Captain Bertram.</p>
-
-<p>“Tell it, Alan,” cried Will, curiously.</p>
-
-<p>“We are no longer poor. This pocket-book
-contains ten times the amount of
-the mortgage, and it is all ours.”</p>
-
-<p>The boys crowded around Alan.</p>
-
-<p>“How did you come by the money,
-Alan?” asked Mrs. Bertram.</p>
-
-<p>“It can be told in a single word.”</p>
-
-<p>“What is that?” asked Will, excitedly.</p>
-
-<p>“Ambergris.”</p>
-
-
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_XLI">CHAPTER XLI.<br />
-<span class="cheaderfont">CONCLUSION.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p>Will stared curiously at his brother as
-he pronounced the mystical word “ambergris.”</p>
-
-<p>“I won’t keep you in the dark speculating
-over what I mean,” said Alan.
-“Ambergris is a substance found in
-whales in very rare instances and only
-under certain conditions. It is used in
-the manufacture of cologne as the base
-to hold the perfume, and is almost worth
-its weight in gold.”</p>
-
-<p>“And how did you find it?” asked the
-interested Mr. Bertram.</p>
-
-<p>“It was during the cruise of the Albatross.
-We had came to anchor, and I was
-strolling down the shore with two members
-of the crew, when we came across a
-dead whale. To make a long story short,
-we examined it and suspected the presence
-of ambergris. We found enough to
-fill a cask.”</p>
-
-<p>“And it was valuable, you say?” inquired
-Mrs. Bertram.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, indeed. We obtained a cask and
-brought it on board the ship. We did
-not tell the crew of it. In all our wanderings
-I clung to that ambergris, and on
-our way to Watertown left it at Portland.”</p>
-
-<p>“You sold it?” asked Will.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, for many thousands of dollars. I
-divided the money with the crew of the
-Albatross. The remainder is mine.”</p>
-
-<p>The faces of Mr. and Mrs. Bertram
-beamed with joy at the good fortune of
-their son.</p>
-
-<p>Within a week affairs had resumed
-their wonted serenity with the Bertram
-family.</p>
-
-<p>Alan and Jack were compelled to visit
-Portland to attend the preliminary trial
-of Captain Morris.</p>
-
-<p>It was expected that Will’s evidence
-would be required in the case, but Jack
-Marcy’s testimony was sufficient.</p>
-
-<p>One evening they returned, and Will
-was informed that the case against Morris
-had been decided.</p>
-
-<p>“He was found guilty of scuttling the
-ship,” Jack told him.</p>
-
-<p>“What did they do with him?” asked
-Will.</p>
-
-<p>“He was sent to the penitentiary for a
-long term of years.”</p>
-
-<p>“And Parker?”</p>
-
-<p>“He was released upon giving his testimony
-against Morris. The mate of the
-Golden Moose had disappeared. The
-three sailors were given light terms of
-imprisonment.”</p>
-
-<p>“And our suit for the stolen whale-oil
-was decided in our favor. Morris agreed
-to give us the money he had and the
-yacht to prevent being prosecuted for
-imprisoning you.”</p>
-
-<p>The people of Watertown soon saw a
-change in the circumstances of the Bertram
-family, and Alan, who was a favorite
-generally, was met everywhere with
-friendly consideration.</p>
-
-<p>The yacht Captain Morris had transferred
-to him was put in better order, and
-for a time Will and Jack ran it down the
-coast, doing a prosperous business.</p>
-
-<p>Hugo, with a generous present from
-Captain Bertram, went off on another
-sea voyage.</p>
-
-<p>Willis returned home, and Tom was
-taken into service on the yacht.</p>
-
-<p>Captain Bertram himself purchased a
-warehouse in Watertown and entered
-business on his own account.</p>
-
-<p>One day as Will entered the office he
-found there his old employer, the menagerie
-agent, Mr. Hunter.</p>
-
-<p>“I was passing through Watertown
-and wanted to see you once more,” said
-Mr. Hunter. “You left us abruptly up
-in the woods.”</p>
-
-<p>Will explained how he and Tom were
-lost, and told of his succeeding adventures.</p>
-
-<p>“I never earned the salary you paid me
-in advance, Mr. Hunter,” he said.</p>
-
-<p>“We won’t quarrel about that, Will,”
-was the hearty reply.</p>
-
-<p>Will offered the polar bear’s skin to Mr.
-Hunter for his menagerie, but the latter
-said:</p>
-
-<p>“No, no, Will. That is a memento of
-your Arctic experience you must keep.”</p>
-
-<p>A year after his return from his eventful<span class="pagenum">[64]</span>
-voyage to the frozen north Will Bertram
-was owner of the yacht he and Jack had
-sailed for his brother.</p>
-
-<p>Later he left this business to enter the
-warehouse.</p>
-
-<p>With industry and perseverance as their
-motto, Alan and Will Bertram soon attained
-a commercial success, and as partners became
-representative men in the community.</p>
-
-<p>When Will thought of his life as a castaway
-it was with pleasure, for that experience
-had developed many manly qualities.</p>
-
-<p>He shuddered as he thought of the evil
-course and the punishment of Captain Morris.</p>
-
-<p>His brief imprisonment in Morris’ yacht
-had shown him the true hideousness of
-crime, and from its contact he always shrank
-in after years.</p>
-
-<p>Whenever Hugo came to Watertown he was
-a welcome guest at the house of the Bertrams.</p>
-
-<p>Willis visited his old companions in exile
-very frequently, and Jack and Tom, the latter
-grown to a self-reliant, earnest man, and Will
-often met with him to talk over their past experiences
-together.</p>
-
-<p>Mr. and Mrs. Bertram found their declining
-years the happiest of their life.</p>
-
-<p>Blessed with a competency, they passed a
-life of happiness and comfort, proud of the
-sons who cherished their love as a precious
-boon.</p>
-
-<p>The polar bear skin is still a trophy in
-Will’s room in the new Bertram mansion.</p>
-
-<p>Often he relates how it came into his possession
-to visitors.</p>
-
-<p>And whenever he recites the sufferings
-himself and his companions endured in the
-far north he gratefully remembers the kind
-providence which brought them safely
-through all their perils.</p>
-
-<p>Looking back over the years, that adventurous
-experience in the Arctic zone is as
-fresh as if an occurrence of yesterday.</p>
-
-<p>It is like a fairy picture in his memory&mdash;the
-days when he and Willis and Tom were
-young explorers <span class="smcap">Under the Polar Star</span>.</p>
-
-<p class="center p1">THE END.</p>
-
-<hr class="tb" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<p class="nobreak center xxlargefont">THE GOLDEN LIBRARY.</p>
-</div>
-
-<p class="dropcap">The press, the pulpit, the parents, and the general public cry out for bright, pure, and attractive
-reading for boys and girls. Juvenile literature of the demoralizing kind only has heretofore been
-sold on the news-stands at cheap prices. The <span class="smcap">Golden Library</span> comes to the rescue of a long-suffering
-community. Its pages are full of interest, its stories are original, full of life and brave endeavor for
-the right. It is not a goody-goody Sunday-school series. It will not cater to cant, hypocrisy, or vileness
-of any kind. It is for the right, the bright, the pure, the honest, first, last, and all the time. It has no
-other mission than to supplant the bad with <em>something good</em> that shall be equally as attractive to the
-young of both sexes and of all conditions. Examine it and read it. The publishers believe it is just
-the thing, and intend that it shall make a brave fight for recognition on its <em>merits</em>. Give us a good
-word, <em>if we deserve</em> it, whenever you can.</p>
-
-<p class="center xlargefont" style="margin-bottom:-0.5em">CATALOGUE.</p>
-
-<div class="boxitems">
-<p class="numberitem1"><b>1</b> <b>ONE CENT CAPITAL</b>; or, A Young Clerk’s Adventures. By Archie Van.</p>
-<p class="numberitem1"><b>2</b> <b>HONOR BRIGHT</b>; or, The Young Surveyor of Green River. By Henry L. Black.</p>
-<p class="numberitem1"><b>3</b> <b>UNDER THE POLAR STAR</b>; or, The Young Explorers. By Dwight Weldon.</p>
-<p class="numberitem1"><b>4</b> <b>BOUND TO WIN</b>; or, Jack o’ Lantern, the Ferry Boy. By Dwight Weldon.</p>
-<p class="numberitem1"><b>5</b> <b>TWENTY CRUSOES</b>; or, The Grammar School Castaways. By Henry L. Black.</p>
-<p class="numberitem1"><b>6</b> <b>BAREFOOTED BEN</b>; or, The Boy who Built a Railroad. By author of “Honor Bright.”</p>
-<p class="numberitem1"><b>7</b> <b>TRUE TO HIS COLORS</b>; or, Bert Noble, the Young Reporter. By Henry L. Black.</p>
-<p class="numberitem1"><b>8</b> <b>WORKING HIS WAY</b>; or, The Brookville Boys’ Club. By Dwight Weldon.</p>
-<p class="numberitem1"><b>9</b> <b>CLEAR GRIT</b>; or, A Young Emigrant’s Adventures. By Archie Van.</p>
-<p class="numberitem2"><b>10</b> <b>CLEAR THE WAY</b>; or, The Boys of Bear Hollow. By John Gordon.</p>
-<p class="numberitem2"><b>11</b> <b>SENT ADRIFT</b>; or, Around the World on Eighty Cents. By Henry A. Wheeler.</p>
-<p class="numberitem2"><b>12</b> <b>WHEEL AND WHISTLE</b>; or, The Young Pilot of Lake Linden. By Archie Van.</p>
-<p class="numberitem2"><b>13</b> <b>TRUE AS STEEL</b>; or, The Anvil-Boy of Bessemer Forge. By Henry L. Black.</p>
-<p class="numberitem2"><b>14</b> <b>LINK AND LEVER</b>; or, The Boy Railroader of Rushville. By John Gordon.</p>
-<p class="numberitem2"><b>15</b> <b>TWO BRAVE BOYS</b>; or, The Mystery of the Great North Woods. By Dwight Weldon.</p>
-<p class="numberitem2"><b>16</b> <b>ROUGH AND READY</b>; or, A Young Hero in Tatters. By Henry A. Wheeler.</p>
-<p class="numberitem2"><b>17</b> <b>CAMP AND CANOE</b>; or, Cruise of the Red Jackets in Florida. By St. George Rathborne.</p>
-<p class="numberitem2"><b>18</b> <b>BLOWING A BUBBLE</b>; or, The Bardstown Boys’ Stock Company. By Captain Castleton.</p>
-<p class="numberitem2"><b>19</b> <b>FIGHTING TO WIN</b>; or, The Crusoe Boys of Treasure Island. By John Gordon.</p>
-<p class="numberitem2"><b>20</b> <b>PURE PLUCK</b>; or, A Telegraph-Boy’s Adventures. By Dwight Weldon.</p>
-<p class="numberitem2"><b>21</b> <b>OUT WEST</b>; or, The Pioneer Boys of Sun Prairie. By Henry A. Wheeler.</p>
-<p class="numberitem2"><b>22</b> <b>AFLOAT WITH A CIRCUS</b>; or, The Diamond-Seekers of Natal. By Henry L. Black.</p>
-<p class="numberitem2"><b>23</b> <b>TRIED AND TRUE</b>; or, The Locksmith Boy of Frankford. By Archie Van.</p>
-<p class="numberitem2"><b>24</b> <b>MAIL-BAG AND MONEY</b>; or, The Boy Postmaster of Brimfield. By Captain Castleton.</p>
-<p class="numberitem2"><b>25</b> <b>UP NORTH</b>; or, Making a Man of Himself. By John Gordon.</p>
-<p class="numberitem2"><b>26</b> <b>BOY MILLIONAIRE</b>; or, The Lost Mine of the Sierra Madre. By Henry A. Wheeler.</p>
-<p class="numberitem2"><b>27</b> <b>RIFLE AND ROD</b>; or, A Cruise Down the Lake. By J. M. Merrill.</p>
-<p class="numberitem2"><b>28</b> <b>BRIGHT AND EARLY</b>; or, The Boy Who Became a Detective. By John Tulkinghorn.</p>
-<p class="numberitem2"><b>29</b> <b>ALWAYS ON DECK</b>; or, Making a Start in Life. By Archie Van.</p>
-<p class="numberitem2"><b>30</b> <b>WESTWARD HO!</b> or, The Cabin in the Clearing. By Henry L. Black.</p>
-<p class="numberitem2"><b>31</b> <b>ALL ABOARD!</b> or, The Rival Boat-Clubs. By Weldon J. Cobb.</p>
-<p class="numberitem2"><b>32</b> <b>UP IN A BALLOON</b>; or, The Gas Well of Mont Clare. By Captain Castleton.</p>
-<p class="numberitem2"><b>33</b> <b>TOM BERKLEY’S LUCK</b>; or, A Brave Boy’s Fight for Fortune. By Weldon J. Cobb.</p>
-<p class="numberitem2"><b>34</b> <b>THE BOY MILL-OWNER</b>; or, Doing His Level Best. By J. M. Merrill.</p>
-<p class="numberitem2"><b>35</b> <b>HIS OWN MASTER</b>; or, Young Samson of the Iron Mills. By Henry A. Wheeler.</p>
-<p class="numberitem2"><b>36</b> <b>PLUCKY NAT</b>; or, A Bright Boy’s Adventures in Texas. By George Henry Morse.</p>
-<p class="numberitem2"><b>37</b> <b>BEN BLY’S BIRTHRIGHT</b>; or, The Boy Farmer of Fox Valley. By John Tulkinghorn.</p>
-<p class="numberitem2"><b>38</b> <b>DICK FARLEY’S GRIT</b>; or, A Diamond in the Rough. By Dwight Weldon.</p>
-<p class="numberitem2"><b>39</b> <b>ALMOST A MAN</b>; or, The Boy Pilot of the Mississippi. By Captain Castleton.</p>
-</div>
-
-<p>☞ The <span class="smcap">Golden Library</span> is published semi-monthly, and is for sale by all newsdealers, or will
-be sent by mail, prepaid, on receipt of the price: Subscription, $2.25 a year; single copy, 10 cents.</p>
-
-<p class="center" style="line-height:1.5">
-Address<br />
-<span class="xlargefont">Albert Sibley &amp; Co.,</span><br />
-Publishers,<br />
-<span class="largefont">No. 18 Rose St., New York.</span><br />
-</p>
-
-<hr class="tb" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<div class="transnote">
-<h2 id="TN_end" style="margin-top: 0em">Transcriber’s Notes:</h2>
-
-<p>Illustrations have been moved to paragraph breaks near where they are
-mentioned.</p>
-
-<p>Punctuation has been made consistent.</p>
-
-<p>Variations in spelling and hyphenation were retained as they appear in
-the original publication, except that obvious typographical errors
-have been corrected.</p></div></div>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-<pre>
-
-
-
-
-
-End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Under the Polar Star, by Dwight Weldon
-
-*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK UNDER THE POLAR STAR ***
-
-***** This file should be named 63549-h.htm or 63549-h.zip *****
-This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
- http://www.gutenberg.org/6/3/5/4/63549/
-
-Produced by Demian Katz, Craig Kirkwood, and the Online
-Distributed Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net
-(Images courtesy of the Digital Library@Villanova University
-(http://digital.library.villanova.edu/))
-
-Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will
-be renamed.
-
-Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
-law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
-so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
-States without permission and without paying copyright
-royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
-of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
-concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
-and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive
-specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this
-eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook
-for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports,
-performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given
-away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks
-not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the
-trademark license, especially commercial redistribution.
-
-START: FULL LICENSE
-
-THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
-PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
-
-To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
-(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
-Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
-www.gutenberg.org/license.
-
-Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-
-1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
-(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
-the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
-destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your
-possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
-Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
-by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the
-person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph
-1.E.8.
-
-1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
-things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
-paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this
-agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
-
-1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the
-Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
-of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual
-works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
-States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
-United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
-claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
-displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
-all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
-that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting
-free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm
-works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
-Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily
-comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
-same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when
-you share it without charge with others.
-
-1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
-what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
-in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
-check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
-agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
-distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
-other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no
-representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
-country outside the United States.
-
-1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
-
-1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
-immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear
-prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work
-on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the
-phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed,
-performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
-
- This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
- most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
- restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
- under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this
- eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the
- United States, you'll have to check the laws of the country where you
- are located before using this ebook.
-
-1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is
-derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
-contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
-copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
-the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
-redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
-either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
-obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
-with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
-must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
-additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
-will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works
-posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
-beginning of this work.
-
-1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
-work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
-
-1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm License.
-
-1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
-any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
-to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format
-other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official
-version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site
-(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
-to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
-of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain
-Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the
-full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
-
-1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-provided that
-
-* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
- the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
- you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
- to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has
- agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
- within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
- legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
- payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
- Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
- Literary Archive Foundation."
-
-* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
- you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
- does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
- License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
- copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
- all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm
- works.
-
-* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
- any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
- electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
- receipt of the work.
-
-* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
- distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
-
-1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than
-are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
-from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The
-Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
-
-1.F.
-
-1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
-works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
-Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
-contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
-or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
-intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
-other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
-cannot be read by your equipment.
-
-1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
-of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
-fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
-LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
-PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
-TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
-LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
-INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGE.
-
-1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
-written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
-with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
-with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
-lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
-or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
-opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
-the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
-without further opportunities to fix the problem.
-
-1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO
-OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
-LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
-
-1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
-damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
-violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
-agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
-limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
-unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
-remaining provisions.
-
-1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
-providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in
-accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
-production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
-including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
-the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
-or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or
-additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any
-Defect you cause.
-
-Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
-computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
-exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
-from people in all walks of life.
-
-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
-assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
-remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
-and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future
-generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
-Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at
-www.gutenberg.org
-
-Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation
-
-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
-state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
-Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
-number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
-U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
-
-The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the
-mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its
-volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous
-locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt
-Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to
-date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and
-official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
-
-For additional contact information:
-
- Dr. Gregory B. Newby
- Chief Executive and Director
- gbnewby@pglaf.org
-
-Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
-spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
-freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
-array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
-status with the IRS.
-
-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
-States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
-with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
-where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
-DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
-state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
-approach us with offers to donate.
-
-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
-any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
-outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
-
-Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
-methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
-ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
-donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works.
-
-Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be
-freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
-distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of
-volunteer support.
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
-editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
-the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
-necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
-edition.
-
-Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search
-facility: www.gutenberg.org
-
-This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
-
-
-
-</pre>
-
-</body>
-</html>